with effect from 2017-2018admitted batch...

249
1 SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION (Regulation R17) II/IV B.TECH (With effect from 2017-2018Admitted Batch onwards) CIVIL ENGINEERING I-SEMESTER Code No. Name of the Subject Credits Lecture Hrs Tutorial Hrs Lab Hrs Contact Hrs/ Week Internal Marks External Marks Total Marks B17 BS 2101 Mathematics -IV 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100 B17 CE 2101 Mechanics of Solids 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100 B17 CE 2102 Environmental Engineering - I 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100 B17 CE 2103 Building Planning & Design 3 2 -- 3 5 30 70 100 B17 CE 2104 Surveying-I 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100 B17 CE 2105 Engineering Geology 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100 B17 CE 2106 Engineering Geology Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100 B17 CE 2107 Strength of Materials Laboratory 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100 B17 CE 2108 AutoCAD for Civil Engineering 1 -- -- 2 2 50 -- 50 B17 BS 2107 English Proficiency-I -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- -- B17 BS 2108 Professional Ethics & Human Values -- 2 -- -- 2 -- -- -- Total 23 20 6 11 37 330 520 850 ESTD: 1980 SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) (Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi) Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: W.G.Dt., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

Upload: phamdan

Post on 07-Sep-2018

216 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

1

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018Admitted Batch onwards)

CIVIL ENGINEERING

I-SEMESTER

Code

No. Name of the Subject Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutorial

Hrs Lab

Hrs

Contact

Hrs/

Week

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 BS

2101 Mathematics -IV 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2101 Mechanics of Solids 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2102

Environmental

Engineering - I 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2103

Building Planning

& Design 3 2 -- 3 5 30 70 100

B17 CE

2104 Surveying-I 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2105 Engineering Geology 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2106 Engineering

Geology Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 CE

2107

Strength of Materials

Laboratory 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 CE

2108

AutoCAD for Civil

Engineering 1 -- -- 2 2 50 -- 50

B17 BS

2107 English Proficiency-I -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

B17 BS

2108

Professional Ethics &

Human Values -- 2 -- -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 20 6 11 37 330 520 850

ESTD: 1980

SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) (Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)

Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade

Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: W.G.Dt., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

2

Code: B17BS2101

MATHEMATICS IV

(Common to CE,ECE,EEE& ME)

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Students should learn

1. The concept of Analytic function, its implications and applications in flow problems.

2. Solution of one- dimensional wave equation, one-dimensional heat equation and two-dimensional

Laplace equation by the use of „separation of variables‟.

3. Formation and solution of linear difference equations. Important concepts of Z-transform and its

use to solve linear difference equations.

4. Basic concepts of certain discrete and continuous probability distributions.

5. Concepts of Sampling theory for analyzing large and small samples.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be capable of

1. Using the concept of Analytic function in applications including Electrostatics and Fluid

dynamics.

2. Finding theoretical solution of certain Elliptic, Parabolic and Hyperbolic partial differential

equations.

3. Using Z-transforms to solve linear difference equations with constant coefficients.

4. Fitting of probability frequency distribution to a given data.

5. Using the concepts of sampling theory to analyze data related to some large and small samples.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Functions of a Complex Variable

Review- Cartesian form and polar form of a complex variable, Real and imaginary parts of zn , e

z,

sin z, sinh z and log z ( no questions may be set).

Limit and continuity of a function of the complex variable, derivative, analytic function, entire

function, Cauchy- Riemann equations, finding an analytic function, Milne-Thomson method,

Applications of analytic function to flow problems, and in Electrostatics. Conformal mapping: the

transformations defined by w = z+c, w = cz, w = 1/z, the Bilinear transformation, w = z2 and w = e

z.

UNIT-II Applications of Partial Differential Equations

Method of separation of variables, One –dimensional wave equation, the D‟Alembert‟s solution, one-

dimensional heat equation, two-dimensional heat flow in steady state (solution of two-dimensional

Laplace equation in Cartesian coordinates only)

UNIT-III Difference Equations And Z-Transforms

Formation of a difference equation, Rules for finding complimentary function and particular integral

for linear difference equations.

Definition of Z- transform, some standard Z- transforms, properties, transform of a function

multiplied by n, initial value theorem and final value theorem(without proof), evaluation of inverse

Z- transforms, convolution theorem (without proof), solution of linear difference equations by the

use of Z- transforms.

3

UNIT-IV Probability Distributions

Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Normal distribution: Definition (pmf/pdf), notation,

mean, variance, moment generating function, probability generating function and fitting of a

distribution.

UNIT-V Sampling Theory

Sampling theory: Sampling distribution, standard error, testing of Hypothesis, level of significance,

confidence limits, simple sampling of attributes, sampling of variables, estimation of mean and

variance.

Large samples: testing of hypothesis for sample proportion, two proportions, single mean and two

means.

Small samples: Degrees of freedom, Students‟ t- distribution, t-test for single mean, two means; Chi-

squared distribution-testing the goodness of a fit.

Text Book:

1. Scope and Treatment as in “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, by Dr.B.S.Grewal, 43rd

Edition,

Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley.

2. A text book of Engineering Mathematics, by N.P.Bali and Dr. Manish Goyal, Lakshmi

Publications.

3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by H.K.Dass, S.Chand Company.

4. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by B.V.Ramana, Tata Mc Graw Hill Company.

5. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by Dr. M.K.Venkatraman, The National PublishingCompany.

4

Code:B17 CE 2101

MECHANICS OF SOLIDS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the concepts of stress, strain and elastic constants and their relations.

2. To familiarize with shear force, bending moment and torsion induced and shear stresses and

bending stresses developed for different sections of beams and shafts.

3. To impart the knowledge on the concept of principal stresses and principal strains.

4. To familiarize with stresses and strains induced in columns.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

1. Summarize the behavior of basic materials under the influence of different external loading

conditions and support conditions.(K2)

2. Determine shear Force and Bending moments in statically determinate Beams and draw the

Diagrams.(K5)

3. Examine the different methods to find slope and deflection of beams subjected to loads(K4)

4. Estimate the principal stresses & strains and torsional stresses in structural members(K3)

5. Evaluate the crippling load for columns with different end conditions (K5)

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Simple stresses & Strains:

Definitions of stress and strain – types of stresses and strains – Elasticity – Hooke‟s law – Stress –

Strain diagram for Mild steel – working stress- factor of safety- Lateral strain – Poisson‟s ratio and

volumetric strain – Elastic Moduli and the relationship between them – Bars of varying section –

composite bars – temperature stresses.

Strain Energy

Definition – Resilience – SE due to gradually applied; suddenly applied and impact loads – simple

applications.

UNIT-II Shear Force & Bending Moment Diagrams:

Definition of beam – Types of beams – concept of SF and BM – SF &BM diagrams for cantilever,

SS and overhanging beams subjected point loads, UDL, Uniformly varying loads and combination of

these loads – point of contraflexure – Relationship b/w S.F, BM and rate of loading.

UNIT-III Flexural Stresses:

Theory of simple Bending – Assumptions–Derivation of Bending equation - ( 𝑀

𝐼 =

𝐹

𝑌 =

𝐸

𝑅 )

Neutral axis – Determination of bending stresses – section modulus of rectangular, & Circular

sections (Solid and Hollow), I,T, channel sections – Design of simple beam sections.

5

Shear Stresses

Derivation of shear stress formula – shear stress distribution across various beam sections like

rectangular, circular, Triangular, I, T, angle sections, built up beams, Definition of shear centre.

Deflections of Beams: (i) Cantilever (ii) Simply supported and (iii) Over hanging beams using (a)

Double integration and (b) Macaulay‟s method.

UNIT-IV Principal Stresses and strains:

Introduction-stresses on an inclined section of a bar under axial loading- compound stresses-Normal

and tangential stresses on an inclined plane for biaxial stresses-Two perpendicular normal stresses

accompanied by a state of simple shear-Mohr‟s circle of stress-Principal planes and principal

stresses- Construction of Mohr‟s Circle (graphical Method)

Torsion of Circular Shafts

Theory of pure Torsion – Derivation of Torsion equation (𝑇

𝐽 =

𝜏𝑚𝑎𝑥

𝑅=

𝐺𝛳

𝑙 ) – Torsional moment of

Resistance – polar section Modulus – power transmitted by a shaft – combined bending and torsion.

Springs

Types of springs – springs in series and parallel – close coiled helical springs

UNIT-V Columns & Struts:

Introduction – short, medium and long columns – axially loaded compression members – crushing

load – Buckling load (or) critical load (or) crippling load – Euler‟s theory for long columns –

Assumptions – Derivations of Euler‟s critical load formula for various end conditions – Effective

length of column – slenderness ratio – limitations of Euler‟s Theory – Rankine formula – for both

long and short columns – column subjected to Eccentric loading – Euler‟s Method and prof. Perry‟s

formula.

Text Books:

1. Ramamrutham ,Strength of materials, Dhanpat rai publishers.

2. Vazrani and Ratwani ,Strength of materials, Khanna Publishers .

3. T.D.Gunneswara Rao and Andal Mudimby,Strength of Materials Fundamentals and Applications,

Cambridge University Press.

Reference Books:

1. Timoshenko and Young, Elements of strength of materials, East West press private Ltd.

2. Popov, Introduction to mechanics of solids , Englewood cliffs N.J Prentice Hall.

3. DrR.K.Bansal, Strength of materials , Laxmi Publications .

4. S.S.Bhavikatti, Strength of materials, Vikas Publications.

6

Code:B17 CE 2102

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING - I

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Student shall be able to:

1. Explain the fundamentals of chemistry involved in water

2. Understand the analysis of water quality parameters

3. Understand the working principles of various unit operations of water treatment plant

4. Understand the importance of modern membrane techniques employed for water treatment

5. Design the water treatment unit operations.

Course Outcomes:

By the end of the course, the student should be able to:

1. Explain the quality of water[K2]

2. Analyze the water quality parameters and compare with the permissible limits [K4]

3. Summarize the working principles of conventional unit operations of a water treatment plant [K2]

4. Determine the sizes of different unit operations in a water treatment plant [K5]

5. Assess the suitability of conventional methods and latest membrane processes for different water

bodies [K5]

6. Design a conventional water treatment plant with given specifications for given capacity [K6].

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Necessity and objectives of protected water supply system - Flow chart of public water supply system

– Role of environmental agencies

Water Demand and Quantity studies: Estimation of water demand for a town or city, Types of water

demands, Per capita Demand, Factors affecting the Per Capita Demand, Variations in the Demand,

Design Period, Factors affecting the Design period, Population Studies, Population Forecasting

Studies.

UNIT - II

Hydrological Concepts: Hydrological Cycle - Types of Precipitation - Measurement of Rainfall.

Surface sources of water: Lakes, Rivers, Impounding Reservoirs - Capacity of storage reservoirs -

Mass curve analysis. Groundwater sources of water: Types of water bearing formations – Springs -

Wells and Infiltration galleries, Yields from wells and infiltration galleries.

7

UNIT – III

Collection of Water: Factors governing the selection of the intake structure - Types of Intakes -

Conveyance of Water: Gravity and Pressure conduits - Types of Pipes - Pipe Materials, Pipe joints -

Design aspects of pipe lines - Laying of pipe lines.

Quality and Analysis of Water: Characteristics of water – Physical, Chemical and Biological.

Analysis of Water – Physical, Chemical and Biological - Impurities in water - Water borne diseases -

Drinking water quality standards.

UNIT – IV

Treatment of Water: Flowchart of water treatment plant, Treatment methods (Theory and Design) -

Sedimentation, Coagulation, Sedimentation with Coagulation, Filtration, Chlorination and other

Disinfection methods.

UNIT – V

Softening of Water, Defluoridation, Removal of odours.

Distribution of Water: Methods of Distribution system - Components of Distribution system .

Text Books:

1. S.K.Garg, Water Supply engineering, 17th

Edition, Khanna Publishers.

2. K.N. Duggal, Elements of Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill Publishers

Reference Books:

1. Peavy, Rowe, Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill Publishers

2. S.C.Rangwala, Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, Charotar Publishers.

8

Code:B17 CE 2103

BUILDING PLANNING & DESIGN

Lecture : 2Periods Int.Marks : 30

Lab : 3 Periods. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the principles of planning and byelaws.

2. To draw plan, elevation and section of load bearing and framedstructures.

3. To prepare detailed drawings for doors, windows,etc.

Course Outcomes:

1. Understand various types of buildings and housing concept.

2. Apply the concepts of climatology and orientation of both residential and commercial buildings.

3. Apply the principles of planning and byelaws used for building planning.

4. Recommend appropriate planning for 2 Bed room and 3 Bed room houses.

5. Draw plan, elevation and section for various structures.

6. Design individual rooms with attention to functional and furniture requirements.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I Climatology:

Elements of climate: Sun, Wind, Relative Humidity, and Temperature. Comfort conditions for house.

Various types of Macroclimatic zones, Design of Houses and layouts with reference to climatic

zones, Ventilation, Principles of Planning, Orientation of Buildings.

UNIT – II Residential Buildings:

Different types of Residential Buildings, Selection of site for residential buildings. Guidelines for

planning and drawing of residential building. General building regulations and byelaws for

residential buildings.

UNIT-III Preliminary Drawings :

(a) Conventional signs of materials various equipment used in a Residential Building (copying

exercise) (b) Plan section and Elevation of a small House (one room and verandah) (copying

exercise) (c) Plan section and Elevation of Two Bed Room House (copying exercise) (d) Plan

section and Elevation of three bed room house in Hot and Humid zone, Hot and Arid zone, cold zone

(copying exercises) (e) Design of Individual rooms with particular attention to functional and

furniture requirements. Building regulations and Byelaws of Residential Buildings . Drawing the Plan

Section and Elevation of Houses with given Functional requirements and climatic data. (Emphasis

may be given to Hot and Humid zones.)

9

Note:

The question paper consists of Part-A and Part-B. Part-A consists of 4 questions, 2 questions for each

of Unit – I & II and Part-B consists of a compulsory question for 38 marks

Text Books:

1. Building Planning and Drawing by Dr.N. Kumara Swamy and A.Kameswara Rao, Charotar

Publishing House.

2. Building Planning Drawing and Scheduling by Gurucharansingh and Jagadish Singh, Standard

Publishers Distributors.

Reference Books:

1. Building Drawing with an integrated approach to Builtenvironment by M.G.Shah, C.M.Kale and

S.Y.Patki, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, NewDelhi.

2. Civil Engineering Drawing Series „B‟ by R.Trimurty, M/S Premier PublishingHouse.

3. Relevant NPTELCourses.

10

Code:B17 CE 2104

SURVEYING-I

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Student shall be able to

1. Learn and understand the basic methods of classifications and principles of surveying.

2. Learn how to differentiate the methods of area calculation used in surveying.

3. Differentiate the Angles and Bearings and able to identify direction of a line

4. Describe Plane tabling methods of Surveying

5. Construct the Leveling methods to identify Elevation of the required points

6. Differentiate the usage of Minor Instruments in surveying.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of the course student should be able to

1. Appreciate the importance of preparation of Map and Plan for required site with suitable scale.

2. Prepare contour Map and Estimate the Quantity of earthwork required for formation level for

Road and Railway Alignment.

3. Judge on which type of instrument to be used for carrying out survey for a specific work

4. Describe different modern instruments used in surveying.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Introduction :

Classification and principles of surveying. Triangulation and Trilateration Earth as spheroid, datum,

geoid, Azimuth,latitude, longitude, Map projections, scales, plans, & Maps. Chain surveying:

Instrumentation for chaining – Errors due to incorrect chain-Chaining on uneven and sloping ground-

Errors in chaining-Tape corrections – Problems: Base line measurement- chain Triangulation-Check

lines, Tie lines, Offsets. Basic problems in chaining, obstacles in chaining-Problems-Conventional

signs.

UNIT -II Compass Survey :

Introduction to compass survey Definitions of Bearing. True bearing, True meridian, Magnetic

Meridian, Magnetic bearing – Arbitrary Meridian, R.B. & B.B of lines – Designation of bearings –

W.C.B. & R.B. – Conversion of bearings from one system to the other Related problems –

Calculation of angles for bearings, Calculation of bearing for angles, Related problems – Theory of

Magnetic compass (i.e. Prismatic compass) – Magnetic dip-Description of Prismatic compass.

Temporary adjustments of compass-Magnetic Declination – Local attraction-Related Problems-

Errors in compass survey.

11

UNIT- III Traverse Surveying :

Chain and compass traversing-Free or loose needle method – Fastneedle method-Checks in closed

and open traverse-Plotting methods of traverse Survey - Closing error-Balancing the traverse-

Bowditch‟s method-Transist method, Gale‟s Travers tablePlane table surveying:

Introduction-Advantages, Accessories-Working operations such as fixing the table to tripod,

levelling-centering-orientation by back-sighting.

UNIT -IV Levelling :

Definitions of terms-Methods of levelling-Uses and adjustments of dumpy level-Temporary and

permanent adjustments of dumpy level levelling staves-Differential leveling, Profile levelling-Cross

sections-Reciprocal levelling. Precise levelling-Definition of BS, IS, FS, HI, TP-Booking and

reduction of levels, H.I. methods-Rise and fall method-Checks-Related problems-Curvature and

Refraction Related Problems-Correction-Reciprocal levelling- Related problems-L.S & C.S

Levelling-Problems in levelling-Errors in levelling.

Contouring:

Definitions-Interval, Characteristics of contours-methods of locating contours. Direct and indirect

methods-interpolation of contours-Contour gradient-Uses of contour maps. Contours mapping using

computer techniques (surfer, CAD)

UNIT -V: Minor instruments :

Uses and adjustments of the following minor instruments:

Line Ranger, Optical Square, Abney level, Clinometer, Ceylon Ghattracer, Pantagraph, Sextant and

Planimeter.

Text Books:

1. Surveying By Dr. K.R. Arora, Standard Book House.

2. Surveying Vol. 1 and 2 By Punmia, Standard Book House.

Reference Books:

1. Surveying Vol. 1 and 2 – By S.K. Duggal, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Publishing Co.

2. Surveying: Theory & Practices by James M. Anderson and Edward M. Mikhail

12

Code:B17 CE 2105

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

To introduce basic geology and the principles of site investigation to civil engineering students that

includes:

1. Sedimentary processes (Weathering, erosion, deposition).

2. Geological Structures (Joint, veins, crack, faults, and fold), reasons of formation for each type

and their effects on the engineering projects.

3. The basics of Remote sensing and its applications in Civil Engineering.

4. Types of Mass wasting, factors increasing instability and methods of stabilization.

5. Types of Dams and Tunnels.

6. Study ground water, factors affecting and the methods of searching for ground water.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course,

1. The course will provide the students with basic knowledge and understanding in the most central

part of engineering geology, rock and soil.

2. Students should develop an appreciation of geologic processes and their influence civil

engineering works.

3. The course will give students an overview and an understanding of the engineering properties of

rock and soil materials.

4. Based on lectures and exercises, students will gain basic understanding of the importance of

engineering geology related to technical issues during construction.

5. Students will develop the ability to perform basic engineering geological assessments and

analysis, and to understand the relevance of engineering geology in complex projects in and on

solid rock.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Introduction to General Geology:

Importance of geology from civil engineering point of view. Branches of Geology. Weathering –

types and its engineering importance; Erosion, Soils: Soil profile, soil formation, types of Indian

soils. Land forms produced by: running water and glaciers, Land Wind, Sea Waves and Currents and

Ground Water.

UNIT-II Mineralogy &Petrology:

Mineralogy: Mineral definition, physical properties of minerals. Study of important rock forming

minerals: Silicate structures, Quartz, Feldspars, Pyroxenes, Amphiboles, Micas and Clays.

Petrology: Definition of rock. Types of rocks - Ingenious rocks: Granite, Synite, Dolerite, Gabro,

Diorite, Basalt. Sedimentary rocks: Breccia, Conglomerate, Sandstone, Shale, Limestone.

Metamorphic rocks: Gneiss, Khondalite, Schist, Slate, Marble, Quartzite, Charnokite. Engineering

properties of rocks.

13

UNIT-III Statigraphy& Structural Geology:

Statigraphy: GeologicalTime scale, Major geological formations of India and their geological

importance - Achaeans, Cuddapahs, Vindyans, Gondwanas and Deccan Traps. Mineral resources of

Andhra Pradesh.

Structural Geology: Elements of Structural Geology - Strike, Dip, Plunge. Working principles of

Clinometer compass and Brunton Compass and their use in Civil Engineering. Study of Geological

Structures - Folds, Faults and Joints.

UNIT-IV Remote Sensing and Geophysical Methods:

Remote Sensing: Introduction, Electromagnetic Spectrum, Aerial Photographs: types of aerial

photos. Elements of photo interpretation. Satellite Remote Sensing: Satellites, Sensors and Data

Products. Principles of Geographical Information Systems. RS and GIS applications to Civil

Engineering.

Geophysical Methods: Principles of Geophysical Methods, Electrical, Seismic, Gravity and

Magnetic. Principle of Resistivity method and configurations. Applications of Resistivity Method:

Soil Profile, Hard rock and Ground Water Table. Principles of Seismic refraction and reflections

methods and their applications to Civil Engineering problems.

UNIT-V Geological Investigations:

Role of Engineering Geologist in planning, design and construction and post construction stages in

Civil Engineering works. Geological investigations for Dams and Reservoirs and Tunnels,

Geological investigations for bridges and multistoried structures. Geological investigations for

highways, air fields and railway lines. Geological investigations for Coastal structures and

Environmental Geology.

Text Books:

1. Engineering and General Geology by Parbin Singh – Katson Publishing House

2. Engineering Geology by N.Chennakesavulu, Mc-Millan, India Ltd. 2005

3. Principles of Engineering Geology by KVGK Gokhale. B.S Publications-2005

4. Principles and Applications of Photo Geology by Pandey, Willey Eastern Limited

5. Engineering Geology by K.M.Bangar

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Geology and Geo-techniques by F.G. Bell

2. Fundamentals of Remote Sensing by George Joseph. University Press (India) Private Limited.

3. Fundamentals of Engineering Geology by F.G. Bell, Button Wortus Landon

14

Code: B17 CE 2106

ENGINEEIRNG GEOLOGY LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To identify the formation of minerals

2. To understand the mega-scopic identification of rocks and minerals

3. To understand the importance of geophysical methodologies

4. To understand the geological maps

Course outcomes:

After completion of the lab, Students will be able to

1. Elucidate the mega-scopic identification of minerals

2. Categorize the rocks according to mega-scopic description

3. Interpret geological maps

4. Estimate the types of subsurface formation by using geophysical methods

List of Experiments:

1. Study of physical properties and identification of minerals.

2. Megascopic identification of rocks and their Engineering properties.

3. Description and Identification of Geomorphological models.

4. Description and Identification of Structural models.

5. Simple Structural Geology problems.

Lab Examination Pattern:

1. Description and identification of SIX minerals.

2. Description and identification of SIX rocks (Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic rocks).

3. Identification of Geomorphology model.

4. Identification of Structural geology model.

5. Problem on Strike and Dip.

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Geology and Geo-techniques by F.G. Bell

2. Fundamentals of Remote Sensing by George Joseph. University Press (India) Private Limited.

3. Fundamentals of Engineering Geology by F.G. Bell, Button Wortus Landon

15

Code: B17 CE 2107

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives: Student will be able to

1. The student will be able to study the uses of various types of testing machines and capacities.

2. The student will be able to test the structural materials against various straining actions

which the member is intended to bear during its service. The strength of materials against various

straining actions can be determined by conducting the appropriate tests.

3. The student will be able to identify, understand or design various implements for generating

required straining forces using the machine or to augment the utility of the same machine.

4. The student will be able to understand the principle of self- straining systems and to analyze the

various elements of the machine and appreciate the capacity of the testing machine or the frame.

Course Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, it is expected that students should be

able to

1. The student clearly understands the concepts of deciding the shape or type of specimen for

assessing the respective strengths against various straining actions.

2. The student can design the specimens for assessing a particular property of the material with the

available machines.

3. The student can design the experiments making use of various techniques of load measuring or

deformation measuring instruments.

4. The student will be confident to decide the range of the machine and set the machine accordingly

by suitable modifications, for results with a finer degree of accuracy.

List of Experiments:

1. Tension test on Mild/HYSD Steel bar

2. Compression test on wood (Parallel and Perpendicular to grains)

3. Test on spring

4. Brinell‟s Hardness test

5. Charpy and Izod impact tests

6. Double Shear test

7. Bending test on Steel and Wood as Simply supported beamsand Cantilever beams.

8. Verification of Maxwell‟s Reciprocal theorem on simply supported beam.

Reference Books:

1. P.N. Singer and P.K. Jha , Elementary Mechanics of solids , New Age International Pvt .Ltd

16

Code: B17 CE 2108

AUTOCAD FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING

Lab : 2 Periods Int. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

Course Objectives:

1. Increase ability to communicate with the people.

2. Learn to sketch and take field dimensions.

3. Learn basic AutoCAD skills.

4. Learn basic engineering drawing formats.

5. Prepare the student for future Engineering positions.

Course Outcomes:

1. Student‟s ability to perform basic sketching techniques will improve.

2. Student‟s ability to use architectural and engineering scales will increase.

3. Student‟s ability to produce engineered drawings will improve.

4. Student‟s ability to convert sketches to engineered drawings will increase.

5. Student‟s will become familiar with office practice and standards.

6. Student‟s will become familiar with AutoCAD two dimensional drawings.

7. Student‟s will develop good communication skills and teamwork.

SYLLABUS

Fundamentals of Computers

1. Introduction

2. Computer Hardware and Software Concepts

3. Introduction of Personal Computer and Operating SystemsWINDOWS-XP,Windows- 7,File

Management

4. Drawing using AutoCAD

5. Starting a New Drawing/Opening an existing drawing

6. Drawing Commands

7. Hatching Command Text (multi-line & single line ) and Formatting Text Styles

8. View Commands & Drawing Settings and Aids

9. Modify Commands

10. Dimension Command Formatting Dimension Style and Multi-leader Style

11. Drawing Settings and Aids

12. Saving and Plot

13. Simple Building Drawing

Reference Books:

1. Learning Auto CAD 2010 Volume-I , Autodesk.

2. Auto CAD 2013 fundan1entals- Elisen1oss, SDC Publications

17

Code: B17 BS 2107

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-I

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

Enriching the communicative competency of the students by adopting the activity-based as well as

the class-oriented instruction with a view to facilitate and enable them to enhance their language

proficiency skills.

Course Objectives:

The Students will be able to

1. Communicate their ideas and views effectively.

2. Practice language skills and improve their language competency.

3. Know and perform well in real life contexts.

4. Identify and examine their self attributes which require improvement and motivation.

5. Build confidence and overcome their inhibitions, stage freight, nervousness, etc.

6. Improve their innovative practices in speaking.

Course Outcomes:

The Students will

1. Improve speaking skills.

2. Enhance their listening capabilities.

3. Learn and practice the skills of composition writing.

4. Enhance their reading and understanding of different texts.

5. Improve their inter-personal communication skills.

6. Be confident in presentation skills.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I :LISTENING

Selected Motivational Speeches

Selected Moral Stories

UNIT-II :SPEAKING

Book Review

Skit Presentation

PowerPoint Presentations

Describing event/place/thing

Extempore

Group Discussion

Picture Perception and Describing Test

18

UNIT-III : READING

Speeded Reading

Reading Comprehension

UNIT-IV :WRITING

Paragraph Writing

Literary Appreciation – Understanding the Language of Literature

UNIT-V :PROJECT

Ad Making

Reference Books:

1. Classic Short Stories-A Reader‟s Digest Selection

2. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

3. The World‟s Great Speeches- edited by B.S. Sekhar, Jeet Publications

4. Fundamentals of Technical Communication by Meenakshiraman, Sangeta Sharma of OUP

5. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science and Engineering, by S.P. Dhanavel,

Orient Blackswan Ltd. 2009

6. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

7. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

19

Code: B17 BS 2108

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & HUMAN VALUES (Common to CIVIL,EEE & MECH)

Lecture : 2 Periods. Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

Course Objectives:

1. To inculcate Ethics and Human Values into the young minds.

2. To develop moral responsibility and mould them as best professionals.

3. To create ethical vision and achieve harmony in life.

Course outcomes:

By the end of the course student should be able to understand the importance ofethics and values in

life and society.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Ethics and Human Values: Ethics and Values, Ethical Vision, Ethical Decisions, Human Values –

Classification of Values, Universality of Values.

UNIT – II

Engineering Ethics: Nature of Engineering Ethics, Profession and Professionalism, Professional

Ethics

Code of Ethics, Sample Codes – IEEE, ASCE, ASME and CSI.

UNIT – III

Engineering as Social Experimentation:

Engineering as social experimentation, Engineering Professionals – life skills, Engineers as

Managers, Consultants and Leaders Role of engineers in promoting ethical climate, balanced outlook

on law.

UNIT – IV

Safety Social Responsibility and Rights:

Safety and Risk, moral responsibility of engineers for safety, case studies – Bhopal gas tragedy,

Chernobyl disaster, Fukushima Nuclear disaster, Professional rights, Gender discrimination, Sexual

harassment at work place.

UNIT – V

Global Issues:

Globalization and MNCs, Environmental Ethics, Computer Ethics, Cyber Crimes, Ethical living,

concept of Harmony in life.

20

Text Books:

1. Govindharajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthil Kumar, V.S., Engineering Ethics, Prentice Hall of

India, (PHI) Delhi, 2004.

2. Subramainam, R., Professional Ethics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.

References:

1. Charles D, Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson / PHI, New Jersey 2004 (Indian Reprint).

21

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018Admitted Batch onwards)

CIVIL ENGINEERING

II-SEMESTER

Code

No. Name of the Subject Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutorial

Hrs Lab

Hrs

Contact

Hrs/

Week

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 CE

2201 Structural Analysis -I 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2202 Fluid Mechanics- I 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2203

Environmental

Engineering - II 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2204 Concrete Technology 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2205 Surveying - II 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2206 Remote Sensing & GIS 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CE

2207 Surveying Field Work 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 CE

2208 Fluid Mechanics Lab- I 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 CE

2209

Industry Oriented

Technology Lab 1 -- -- 2 2 50 -- 50

B17BS

2206 English Proficiency-II -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 19 7 8 34 330 520 850

22

Code: B17 CE 2201

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS - I

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To familiarize with the deflection of simple determinate beams

2. To familiarize with stresses and strains induced in Thin& Thick cylinders

3. To impart knowledge on various energy methods and theories of failure

4. To analyze the propped cantilever and fixed beams

5. To determine the deflections of determinate beams using energy methods

6. To draw the influence lines and moving loads for statically determinate beams

7. To analyze the statically indeterminate structures using energy methods

Course Outcomes:

Student will be able to

1. Determine deflections in determinate beams by different methods

2. Evaluate the strain energy for structural members subjected to different loads

3. Analyze different indeterminate beams for BM and SF by different methods of analysis

4. Determine reactions, BM & SF in beams subjected to moving loads

5. Distinguish between thin and thick cylinders and understand different failure theories

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I: Deflections of Beams

By using (i) Moment area method (ii) Conjugate beam method (iii) Unit load method

(iv) Castigliano‟s theorem-1.

Strain- energy due to (i) Axial load (ii) Bending Moment (iii) Shear force and (iv) Torque

Deflections of Statically Determinate Structures: (a) Single storey, single bay rectangular portal

frames using (i) Unit load method, (ii) Castigliano‟s theorem-1. (b) Trusses (having 9 members or

less) using (i) Unit load method, (ii) Castigliano‟s theorem-1.

UNIT – II: Propped Cantilevers, Fixed Beams

Analysis of propped cantilever by method of consistent deformation.

Fixed Beams: Fixed end moments for beams of uniform section for different types of loading; Effect

of sinking of support; effect of Rotation of a support; BMD for fixed beam.

UNIT – III: Continuous Beams

1. Analysis of continuous beams by

2. Theorem of three moments

3. Slope deflection method

4. Moment distribution method

5. Kani‟s method.

23

UNIT – IV: Influence Lines and Moving Loads

Definition – Influence line for Reaction, SF and BM-Load position for Max SF at a section –Load

position for max BM at a section- Single point load, U.D.L longer than the span, U.D.L.shorter than

the span- Focal length.

Introduction of moving loads – Max SF and BM at a given section and absolute Max SF and BM due

to single concentrated load, U.D.L. longer than the span, U.D.L. shorter than the span, two point

loads with fixed distance between them and several point loads, Maximum Bending moment at a

section under a wheel load and absolute maximum Bending moment in the case of several wheel

loads- Equivalent uniformly Distributed load.

UNIT -V: Thin cylinders:

Calculation of longitudinal and hoop stresses in thin cylinders subjected to internal pressure, Wire

wound thin cylinders.

Thick cylinders- Lame‟s theory, Compound tubes.

Theories of failures (i) Maximum Principal stress theory, (ii) Maximum Principal strain theory, (iii)

Maximum shear theory (iv) Maximum strain energy theory and (v) Maximum distortion theory.

Text Books:

1. Structural Analysis Volume _II By Vazrani and Ratwani , Khanna Publishers

2. Strength of Materials – Ramamrutham, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company

3. T.D.Gunneswara Rao and Andal Mudimby,Strength of Materials Fundamentals and

Applications, Cambridge University Press.

Reference Books:

1. Elementary strength of materials – Timoshenko and Young , East west press Pvt Ltd

2. Strength of materials by Dr. R.K. Bansal ,Laxmi Publications (p) Ltd

3. Strength of materials – Volume – I by S.S.Bhavikatti ,Vikas Publishing house (p) Ltd

24

Code: B17 CE 2202

FLUID MECHANICS- I

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To develop an insight into engineering problems related tofluids.

2. Student is expected to learn about the pressure at a point, forces on fluid element to solve

complex problems in engineering.

3. Student shall be able to know different types of fluid flows and apply the principles of

conservations of mass, momentum and energy.

Course Outcomes:

By the end of the course the student will be able to

1. Determine the physical properties of fluids and different types of forces acting on a fluid

element extended to forces on variousgates.

2. Determine the forces that are acting on immersed bodies in static fluids through

application of buoyancy andfloatation.

3. Determine different types of fluid flows to find out the local and convective accelerations

in 1D, 2D flows fields and derive the Laplaceequation.

4. Apply conservation principles of mass momentum and energy on fluids through system

and control volumeapproaches.

5. Calculate the force exerted by the fluid on bends, nozzles, plates and vanes by impulse

momentumprinciple.

6. Analyze the steady laminar and turbulent flows through pipes and solve pipe networks for

series and parallel pipes to solve two reservoir and three reservoirproblems.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I:

Basic Fluid Properties: Definition of Fluid, basic properties of fluid, Viscosity - Newton‟s

Law of Viscosity, Capillarity and Surface Tension.

Fluid Pressure: Fluid Pressure at a point, Pascal‟s law, Variation of pressure with elevation,

Hydrostatic law, Absolute, Gauge and Vaccum Pressures. Pressure measurement –

Piezometers, Manometers and Pressure Gauges. Centre of Pressure, Forces on submerged

surfaces, crest gates and lock gates.

UNIT – II:

Buyoancy and Floatation: Archimedes Principle- Buoyancy & Floatation - Stability of

Floating Bodies- Centre of Buoyancy - Metacentric Height and its Determination.

Fluid Kinematics: Types of fluid flow, Velocity, Rate of flow, Continuity Equation,

Streamline, Path line, Streak line, Local, Convective and Total Acceleration; One & Two

Dimensional Flows. Stream Function, Velocity Potential- Rotational &Irrotational Flows,

Laplace Equation, Flow net.

25

UNIT – III:

Fluid Dynamics: Energy possessed by fluid in motion, Euler‟s equation of motion - Bernoulli‟s

equation. Energy correction factor.

Flow through orifices and mouth pieces: Types of orifices and mouth pieces, coefficient of

contraction, velocity and discharge.

Flow through notches and weirs: Types of notches and weirs, Measurement of discharge.

UNIT – IV:

Impulse momentum equation – Momentum correction factor, Forces on pipe bends and reducers.

Angular Momentum – Torque and work done; Sprinkler Problems.

Laminar Flow: Relation between shear and Pressure Gradients in Laminar Flow; Reynold‟s

experiment; Critical velocity; Steady laminar flow through a circular pipe – Hagen Poiseuille‟s

Law.

UNIT – V:

Flow through pipes: Flow measurement through pipes – Venturimeter, orificemeter, nozzle

meter. Loss of head, head loss due to friction – Darcy –Weisbach equation, minor losses, Total

Energy Line, Hydraulic Gradient Line.Pipes in Series, pipes in parallel.Problems on Two

reservoir and three reservoir flows.Water hammer, surge tanks.

Text Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery by P.N. Modi & S.M. Seth, Standard Book

House.

2. Fluid Mechanics by A.K. Jain, Khanna Publishers

Reference Books:

1. Hydraulics Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, S.Ramamrutham, Dhanpat Rai Publishing

Co.

2. Engineering Fluid Mechanics by K.L. Kumar, S. Chand & Co

3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R.K. Bansal, Laxmi Publications.

4. F M White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication 2011.

5. Relevant NPTEL Courses.

26

Code: B17 CE 2203

ENVIRONEMNTAL ENGINEERING - II

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Student shall be able to:

1. Explain the fundamentals of chemistry and biology involved in sewage treatment

2. Understand the principles and working of each process that involve physical and biological

reactions

3. Design the treatment unit operations

Course Outcomes:

By the end of the course, the student should be able to:

1. Compare water and waste water

2. Explain principles of conventional treatment process and miscellaneous treatment techniques

3. Examine the operational differences of each unit process

4. Interpret the feasible technique required for particular waste water

5. Determine the size of unit operations using working principles of each.

6. Design a sewage treatment plant assuming whatever data is required .

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Sanitation – systems of sanitation– sewerage systems – Estimation of sewage flow and storm

water – design of sewers –sewer types – Layout of sewer network – materials for sewers –

cleaning and ventilation methods – sewer appurtenances

UNIT – II

Pumping – necessity – pumping station – its location – functions – types of pumps- sewage and

water pumping requirements- House drainage systems – traps – classification – drain pipes –

plumbing systems – Layout of building drainage – Storm water drainage

UNIT – III

Quality of sewage –Sampling and analysis - decomposition- cycles of decomposition – BOD –

COD – Layout of sewage treatment plant – F/M importance – preliminary treatment – screens –

grit chamber – skimming tanks – Primary treatment – Sedimentation tanks

27

UNIT – IV

Secondary treatment – Attached growth process – contact beds – intermittent sand filters –

trickling filters – Suspended growth process – activated sludge process- Miscellaneous methods

for sewage treatment – oxidation ponds - oxidation ditches - RBC‟s - sewage lagoons- extended

aeration process – septic tanks – imhoff tanks

UNIT - V

Sewage disposal methods – natural and artificial methods –Sludge generation- characteristics -

treatment- sludge disposal methods.

Text Books:

1. S.K.Garg, Sewage disposal and Air pollution Engineering, Khanna Publishers

Reference Books:

1. Peavy, H.S. Rowe and Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering, Mc. Graw Hill

publishers

2. S.C.Rangwala, Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, Charotar Publishers.

28

Code: B17 CE 2204

CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To learn the concepts of Concrete production and its behavior in various environments.

2. To learn the test procedures for the determination of properties of concrete.

3. To understand durability properties of concrete in various environments.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

1. Understand the basic concepts of concrete.

2. Realize the importance of quality of concrete.

3. Familiarize the basic ingredients of concrete and their role in the production of concrete and

its behavior in the field.

4. Test the fresh concrete properties and the hardened concrete properties.

5. Evaluate the ingredients of concrete through lab test results.

6. Design the concrete mix by BIS method.

7. Familiarize the basic concepts of special concrete and their production and applications.

8. Understand the behavior of concrete in various environments.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I :

Ingredients Of Concrete

Cements &Admixtures: Portland cement – Chemical composition – Hydration, Setting of

cement, Fineness of cement, Structure of hydrate cement – Test for physical properties –

Different grades of cements – Admixtures – Mineral and chemical admixtures – accelerators,

retarders, air entrainers, plasticizers, super plasticizers, fly ash and silica fume.

Aggregates: Classification of aggregate – Particle shape & texture – Bond, strength & other

mechanical properties of aggregates – Specific gravity, Bulk density, porosity, adsorption &

moisture content of aggregate – Bulking of sand –Deleterious substance in aggregate –

Soundness of aggregate – Alkali aggregate reaction – Thermal properties – Sieve analysis –

Fineness modulus – Gap graded and well graded aggregate as per relevant IS code – Maximum

aggregate size.

UNIT – II

Fresh Concrete: Steps in Manufacture of Concrete–proportion, mixing, placing, compaction,

finishing, curing – including various types in each stage. Properties of fresh concrete-

Workability – Factors affecting workability – Measurement of workability by different tests,

Setting times of concrete, Effect of time and temperature on workability – Segregation &

bleeding – Mixing and vibration of concrete, Ready mixed concrete, Shotcrete.

29

UNIT – III

Hardened Concrete: Strength in tension & compression – Factors affecting strength – Relation

between compression & tensile strength – Curing, Testing of Hardened Concrete: Compression

tests – Tension tests – Factors affecting strength – Flexure tests –Splitting tests – Non-destructive

testing methods – codal provisions for NDT.

UNIT – IV

Elasticity, Creep & Shrinkage– Modulus of elasticity – Dynamic modulus of elasticity –

Poisson‟s ratio – Creep of concrete – Factors influencing creep – Relation between creep & time

– Nature of creep – Effects of creep – Shrinkage –types of shrinkage.

UNIT – V

Mix Design: Factors in the choice of mix proportions– Quality Control of concrete – Statistical

methods – Acceptance criteria – Concepts Proportioning of concrete mixes by various methods –

ACI method of mix design, British DoE method of mix design and mix design as per IS

10262:2009.

Special Concretes: Ready mixed concrete, Shotcrete -Light weight aggregate concrete –

Cellular concrete – No-fines concrete, High density concrete, Fibre reinforced concrete –

Different types of fibres – Factors affecting properties of F.R.C, Polymer concrete – Types of

Polymer concrete – Properties of polymer concrete, High performance concrete – Self

consolidating concrete, SIFCON, self healing concrete.

Text Books:

1. Concrete Technology by M.S.Shetty. – S.Chand& Co.; 2017.

2. Concrete Technology by M.L. Gambhir. – Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishers, New Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. Properties of Concrete by A.M.Neville – PEARSON – 4th edition.

2. Concrete Technology by A.R. Santha Kumar, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

30

Code: B17 CE 2205

SURVEYING - II

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Student shall be able to:

1. Learn and understand the different methods of Theodolite surveying.

2. Differentiate the Concepts of Tachometry Surveying.

3. Learn the different methods of Curve Setting.

4. Explore the methods of RS and GIS

5. Describe the procedures available in Total Station Instrument for surveying.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of the course student should be able to

1. Appreciate the importance of Theodolite in Surveying

2. Apply Concepts of Tachometry in Surveying.

3. Construct the Curves in Highways, road construction and canal works.

4. Use the RS and GIS in designing

5. Use the Total Station in Surveying.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Theodolite- Types of Theodolite – Temporary Adjustments, Measurement of horizontalangle –

Method of repitition, Method of reiterition – Uses of theodolities – Errors intheodolite or

Permanent adjustments of a theodolite – Identification – Rectifying the errors.

UNIT - II

Traversing - Open and closed traverse – Closing errors, Balancing the error –Bowditch method –

Transit method, Omitted measurements – Gales traverse table orTrigonometric levelling –

Elevation of top of the tower - same plane - Different planes – Axissignal correction.

UNIT - III

Tacheometry– Principle of techeometry – Stadia methods – Fixed hair method –

Movablehairmethod – Tangential method – Subtanse bar – Beaman‟s stadia, Arc –

Reductiondiagrams or Triangulation – Classification-intervisibility of station – Signals and

towers-baseline measurements – Corrections – Satellite station and Reduction to centre –

Basenet.

31

UNIT – IV Curves – Simple curves – Elements of simple curves – Methods of setting simple curves –

Rankines method – Two theodolite method – Obstacles in curve setting – Compound curves–

Elements of compound curves or Reverse curves – Elements of reverse curve –Determination of

various elements – Transition curves – Ideal shape – Spiral transitioncurves - length of transition

curve - Setting out methods.

UNIT- V

Total Station Surveying: Electronic Theodolite, Electronic Distance Measurements,

TotalStation, Errors in measurements, Advantages, Disadvantages, Applications;

Modern surveying and mapping: GPS survey‟s – Introduction, Errors in GPS, Positioning

methods, classification of GPS surveying, applications, advantages and disadvantages,

photogrammetric surveying; sensors & platforms, aerial photogrammetry, orthophotography,

topographic map, digital maps, DEM, GIS, Advantages & Disadvantages of photogrammetric

surveying.

Text Books:

1. Dr. K.R. Arora, Surveying Vol. 1, 2, Standard Book House.

2. B.C.Punmia, Surveying Vol. 1, 2 and 3 Standard Book House.

Reference Books :

1. Surveying Vol. 1 and 2 – By S.K. Duggal, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Publishing Co.

2. Principles of GIS for land resource assessment by P.A. Burrough – Clerendon Press,Oxford.

32

Code: B17 CE 2206

REMOTE SENSING & GIS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

The course is designed to

1. Introduce the basic principles of Remote Sensing and GIS techniques.

2. Learn various types of sensors and platforms

3. learn concepts of visual and digital image analyses

4. Understand the principles of spatial analysis

5. Appreciate application of RS and GIS to Civil engineering

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course the student will be able to

1. Be familiar with ground, air and satellite based sensor platforms.

2. Interpret the aerial photographs and satellite imageries

3. Create and input spatial data for GIS application

4. Apply RS and GIS concepts in water resources engineering.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: Introduction to Remote Sensing Remote Sensing:

Introduction, Basic components of remote sensing, electromagnetic radiation & electromagnetic

spectrum and its interaction with atmosphere, energy interaction with the earth surfaces, Sensors:

types and characteristics, passive sensor, active sensor, Platforms: airborne remote sensing

&space borne remote sensing.

UNIT-II: Image Analysis Introduction, elements of visual interpretations, Digital Image Processing - Image preprocessing,

Image rectification, Image enhancement, Image classification: Supervised classification,

Unsupervised classification.

UNIT-III: Geographic Information System(GIS) Introduction, key components, application areas of GIS, Spatial data models: Raster data models,

Vector data models, Raster versus Vector, Data input methods, Map projections.

UNIT-IV: RS & GIS Applications - General

Land Cover and Land Use, Agriculture, Forestry, Geology, Geomorphology, Urban applications.

33

UNIT-V: RS and GIS applications in Civil Engineering Flood zoning and mapping, Groundwater prospects and Potential Recharge Zones, Watershed

Management.Environmental Impact Assessment.

Text Books:

1. Remote and GIS by Basudeb Bhatta, Oxford Publications.

2. Remote Sensing and its Applications by LRA Narayana, Universities Press.

3. Basics of Remote Sensing and GIS by Dr. S. Kumar, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, New Delhi.

4. Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems by M. Anji Reddy, BS Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Concepts & Techniques of GIS by C.P.Lo Albert, K.W. Yong, Prentice Hall (India)

Publications.

2. Principles of Geographical Information Systems by Peter A Burrough and Rachel A. Mc.

Donnel, Oxford Publications

3. Fundamentals of Remote Sensing by George Joseph, University Press (India) Private Limited

34

Code: B17 CE 2207

SURVEYING FIELD WORK

Lab : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

Student shall be able to

1. Understand and apply the basic methods of Chain Surveying and Compass Surveying.

2. Summarize the different methods of Plane Table Surveying

3. Observe and report the different types of Leveling

4. Study and identify the different methods of Theodolite surveying.

5. Describe the procedures available in Total Station Instrument for surveying.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of the course student should be able to

1. Apply the linear measurement in simple Boundary Surveys.

2. Identify direction of any line using compass survey.

3. Relate the importance of Theodolite in Surveying

4. Apply Concepts of Tachometry in Surveying.

5. Use the Total Station in Surveying.

SYLLABUS

1. Chain Surveying: Finding the distance between inaccessible points by making use of chain,

cross staff, tape, ranging rods; Arrows and field problems of obstacles to chaining.

2. Compass Survey: Finding the distance between inaccessible points by making use of

compass, tape and ranging rods.

3. Plane Table Survey: Finding the distance between inaccessible points by making use of plane

table, its accessories-Ranging rods and tape.

4. Levelling: Introduction to fly levelling-Booking the readings by height of collimation method

and by rise and fall method-To find closing error.

5. Levelling: L.S. & C.S levelling for an open traverse

6. Theodolite: Distance between two in-accessible points by theodolite

7. Contour mapping using total station

8. Height of remote point using total station

9. Position of hidden point using total station

10. Area & volume measurement using total station

Reference Books:

1. B.C.Punmia , Ashok Kumar jain , Arun kr. Jain , Surveying I & II ,Laxmi publications

35

Code: B17CE2208

FLUID MECHANICS LAB - I

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course objectives:

1. To verify the principles of channel flow in laboratory by conducting experiments

Course Outcomes:

1. Define and Measure Fluid Properties.

2. Illustrate Flow Measuring Devices used in pipes, channels and Tanks

3. Analyze characteristics of broad crested weir.

4. Illustrate the characteristics of surface profiles in free and forced vibrations.

5. Compare sharp crested full width and contracted weirs

SYLLABUS

1. Study of Small orifice, by constant head method and Time of emptying a tank through a

small orifice.

2. Study of Cylindrical mouthpiece by constant head method and Time of emptying a tank

through a cylindrical mouthpiece.

3. Study of floating body and determination of Meta -centric Height.

4. Study of surface profiles in Free and Forced Vortex motions.

5. Study of Venturimeter.

6. Study of Orifice meter.

7. Study of Flow nozzle meter.

8. Study of Sharp – crested full width and contracted weirs.

9. Study of V-notch and Trapezoidal notch.

10. Study of Broad-crested weir.

11. Study of Frictional Resistance in pipes.

12. Study of types of flow in pipes

Reference Books:

1. Hydraulics Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, S.Ramamrutham, Dhanpat Rai Publishing

Co.

2. Engineering Fluid Mechanics by K.L. Kumar, S. Chand & Co

3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R.K. Bansal, Laxmi Publications.

4. F M White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Publication 2011.

5. Relevant NPTEL Courses.

36

Code: B17 CE 2209

INDUSTRY ORIENTED TECHNOLOGY LAB

Lab : 2 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

ADVANCED COMPUTATION SURVEYING / GEOINFORMATICS / GEOMATICS

ENGINEERING

Course Objectives:

The course is design to fulfill the following objectives

1. To prepare the student to plan and conduct field work and application of scientific

methodology in handling field samples.

2. To interpret the False Color Composite Images of Satellite data.

3. To Create Fundamental Knowledge on GIS software.

4. To learn the identification of Geographic Coordinates by GPS.

5. To Study the land use/ Land cover dynamics of certain region.

Course Outcomes:

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to:

1. Fully equipped with various surveying concepts and methods using advanced ground survey

equipment‟s.

2. Carry out profiling and grid leveling, for generation of profiles, contour maps, and earth

works computations.

3. Handle the Satellite images and interpret the satellite data.

4. The interpret data can be used to prepare plan for urban development/town planning.

5. Prepare the candidates with National Global employability.

SYLLABUS

1. Transferring and Drafting the collected raw data from total station survey using AutoCAD.

2. Computation on drafted data using AutoCAD.

3. Developing Contour using raw data from total station using surfer software.

4. Visual Interpretation of standard FCC (False color composite).

5. Digitization of physical features on a map / image using GIS software.

6. Coordinates measurement using GPS.

7. Field data collection under national land use / land cover mapping on 1:120000 scale using

temporal AWIFS data.

8. Asset Mapping of village using Bhuvans Panchayat Moblie App.

37

Reference Books:

1. A M Chandra : Higher surveying

2. T M Lillesand et al: Remote sensing & Image Interpretation

3. B.Bhatta : Remote sensing&GIS

4. M.Anjireddy: Remote sensing & GIS,BS Publications

5. N K Agarwal : essentials of GPS,Spatial Networks, Hyderabad.

38

Code: B17 BS 2206

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-II

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

To equip the students with the components of the language required and help them gain adequate

knowledge so as to become employable and competent.

Course Objectives:

Students will be able to

1. Enhance their Interpretative skills

2. Understand how to prepare a text.

3. Comprehend various types of writing discourses and respond.

4. Produce effectively different write-ups related to various business contexts.

5. Strengthen their emotional make-up.

6. Perceive various writing discourses.

Course Outcomes:

The students will

1. Develop the skills of taking and making notes

2. Interpret the pictures appropriately and effectively.

3. Read, comprehend and infer a given piece of writing effectively.

4. Learn and practice the skills of Research writing.

5. Communicate well through various forms of writing.

6. Be confident in giving presentations and dealing with people.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:SPEAKING

Analyzing proverbs

Enactment of One-act play

UNIT-2:READING

Reading Comprehension

Summarizing Newspaper Article

39

UNIT-3:WRITING

Note Taking &Note Making

Precis Writing

Essay Writing

Letter Writing

Picture Description

Literary Appreciation– Learning the Language of Literature

UNIT-4:VOCABULARY

Indian-origin English Words

Phrasal Verbs for Day-to-Day Communication

Commonly used Idiomatic Expressions

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Research Writing

Reference Books:

1. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

2. Effective Technical Communication by M.AshrafRizwi. Tata Mcgraw Hill

3. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

4. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

5. Six Weeks to Words of Power by Wilfred Funk. W.R.Goyal Publishers

6. English for Engineers and Scientists by Sangeeta Sharma and Binod Mishra, PHI Learning

1

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018 Admitted Batch onwards)

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

I-SEMESTER

Code

No. Course Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutorial

Hrs Lab

Hrs

Total

Contact

Hrs/Week

Sessional

Marks

Exam

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 CS

2101 Data Structures 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 BS

2102

Probability, Statistics

and Queuing Theory 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 BS

2103

Discrete

Mathematical

Structures

3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2102 Computer Graphics 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2103 Digital Logic Design 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2104

Data Analysis and

Visualization using

Python

3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2105 Data Structures Lab. 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 CS

2106

Data Analysis and

Visualization using

Python Lab

2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17CS

2107

Industry oriented

Training : R

Programming Lab 1 -- -- 2 2 50 --- 50

B17 BS

2107 English Proficiency-I -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 19 7 8 34 330 520 850

SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) (Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)

Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade

Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: W.G.Dt., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

ESTD: 1980

2

Code: B17 CS 2101

DATA STRUCTURES

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. Be familiar with basic techniques of algorithm analysis

2. Master the implementation of data structures like stacks, queues, linked lists, binary trees,

graphs.

3. Be familiar with basic techniques for algorithm development like recursion.

4. Be familiar with several sub-quadratic sorting algorithms including quick sort, merge sort

and heap sort

5. Master analyzing problems and writing program solutions to problems using the above

techniques.

Course Outcomes:

1. Describe how arrays, records, linked structures, stacks, queues, trees, and graphs are

represented in memory and used by algorithms.

2. Describe common applications for arrays, records, linked structures, stacks, queues, trees,

and graphs. Write programs that use arrays, records, linked structures, stacks, queues, trees,

and graphs. Demonstrate different methods for traversing trees [ABET (a)].

3. Compare alternative implementations of data structures with respect to performance [ABET

(a, b, c)].

4. Compare and contrast the benefits of dynamic and static data structures implementations

[ABET (a, b, c)].

5. Describe the concept of recursion, give examples of its use, describe how it can be

implemented using a stack [ABET (a, c)].

6. Discuss the computational efficiency of the principal algorithms for sorting, searching.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I Basic Concepts, Arrays, Structures and Recursion:

System Life Cycle, Algorithm Specification, Data Abstraction, Performance Analysis, Space

Complexity, Time Complexity, Asymptotic Notation, Comparing Time Complexities. Array as

an Abstract Data Type, Polynomial Abstract Data Type, Representation of Multidimensional

Arrays, Structures and Unions, Internal Implementation of Structures, Self-Referential

Structures, Recursive functions.

UNIT –II Simple Searching and Sorting Techniques:

Introduction to Searching, Sequential Search, Binary Search, Interpolation Search, Selection

Sort, Bubble Sort, Insertion Sort, Quick Sort, Introduction to Merge Sort, Iterative Merge Sort,

Recursive Merge Sort, Shell Sort,Radix Sort.

3

UNIT -III Stacks, Queues and Linked Lists:

Stack Abstract Data Type, Queue Abstract Data Type, Stacks and Queues using arrays,

Introduction to Evaluation of Expressions, Evaluating Postfix Expressions, Infix to Postfix and

Prefix conversion, Circular Queues using arrays. Pointers, Dynamically Allocated Storage using

pointers, Singly Linked Lists, Dynamically Linked Stacks and Queues, Polynomials,

Representing Polynomials as Singly Linked Lists, Adding Polynomials, Erasing Polynomials.

UNIT -IV Trees: Representation of Trees, Binary Trees Abstract Data Type, Properties of

Binary Trees, Binary Tree Representations, Binary Tree Traversals, Additional Binary Tree

Operations, Threaded Binary Trees, Heap Abstract Data Type, Insertion into a max heap,

Deletion from a max heap, Heap Sort, Introduction to Binary Search Trees, Searching a Binary

Search Tree, Inserting an Element into a Binary Search Tree, Deleting an Element from a Binary

Search Tree, Height of a Binary Search Tree, Counting Binary Trees.

UNIT -V Graphs: Graph Abstract Data Type, Definitions, Graph Representations, Elementary

Graph Operations, Depth First Search, Breadth First Search, Connected Components, Spanning

Trees, Minimum Cost Spanning Trees, Prim‟s and Kruskal‟s Algorithms, Shortest Paths and

Transitive Closure, Single Source All Destination - Dijkstra‟s Algorithm, All Pairs Shortest

Paths - Floyd‟s Algorithm, Transitive Closure using Warshall‟s Algorithm.

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd

edition, Horowitz, Sahani and Anderson-Freed,

Universities Press, 2008.

Reference Books:

1. Data Structures using C by Aaron M. Tenenbaum,Y.Langsam and M.J. Augenstein, Pearson

Education, 2009.

2. Data Structures with C by Seymour lipschutz, Schaum Outline series, 2010.

3. Data Structures using C by R. KrishnaMoorthy G. IndiraniKumaravel, TMH, New

Delhi,2008.

4

Code:B17 BS 2102

PROBABILITY, STATISITICS & QUEUING THEORY

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To illustrate the concept of a random variable, generating functions and their properties.

2. To learn different probability functions and analyse various statistical measures of a few

discrete/continuous distributions.

3. To understand and compute the correlation coefficient, and estimation techniques from

regression lines.

4. To fit a linear or nonlinear curves using method of least squares.

5. To develop a framework for testing of hypothesis in giving inferences about Population

Parameters.

6. To study Queuing models and their Characteristics.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course a student will be able to

1. Identify the random variable as discrete/continuous and analyse it.

2. Predict the distribution suitable for the given data from its moments.

3. Measure the intensity of association between the variables.

4. Fit a best suitable Curve for the given data.

5. Decide the test applicable for giving inference about Population Parameter based on Sample

statistic.

6. Make business decisions about the resources needed to provide a service in day-to-day life

applications including telecommunication, traffic engineering, computing and the design of

factories, shops, offices and hospitals.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I

Random Variables and Probability functions: Review on basic concepts of Probability (no

questions will be set on review),Definition of a random variable, Distribution function,

Properties of Distribution Function, Discrete Random Variable, Probability Mass Function,

Discrete Distribution Function, Continuous Random Variable, Probability Density Function,

Continuous Distribution Function.

Mathematical Expectation: Mathematical Expectation of a Random Variable, Expected Value

of function of a Random Variable, Addition Theorem and Multiplication Theorem of

Expectation(without proofs), Statistical Measures like Mean, Variance, Moments and

Covariance in terms of Expectations.

Generating functions: Moment generating Function, Characteristic Function and Probability

generating Function of a Random Variable.

5

UNIT II

Discrete Distributions: Binomial distribution and Poisson distribution - Definition, Mean,

Variance, moments, m.g.f., Characteristic function, p.g.f., Fitting of distributions.

Continuous Distributions: Normal Distribution - Definition,Standard Normal Variate, Mean,

Variance, m.g.f., Characteristic function Applications of Normal Distribution, Importance of

Normal distribution. Exponential Distribution, Definition, Mean, Variance and Memory less

property of Exponential distribution.

UNIT III

Curve fitting: Method of least Squares, fitting of a Straight line, Fitting of a Parabola.

Correlation: Definition, Karl Pearson‟s Coefficient of Correlation, Limits for correlation

coefficient, Rank Correlation, Spearman‟s formula for rank correlation coefficient.

Regression Analysis: Regression Lines, Regression Coefficients and their properties(without

proofs)

UNIT IV

Sampling Theory: Sample, population, statistic, parameter, Sampling distribution, standard

error, point and interval estimation. Testing of Hypothesis: Formulation of Null hypothesis,

Alternative hypothesis, Critical region, level of significance, Errors in sampling- Type-I-error,

Type-II-error, One-tailed and Two-tailed tests.

Large Sample Theory: Test of significance of single sample proportion, Test of significance for

difference of proportions.

Small Sample Theory: Degrees of freedom, Student‟s-t-distribution: definition, t-test for single

mean, t-test for difference of means, Paired t-test for difference of means.

F-distribution: definition, F-test for equality of two population variances. Chi-square distribution:

definition, Chi-square test for goodness of fit, Chi-square test for Population Variance.

UNIT V

Queuing Theory: Queue description, Birth and Death Process, Distribution of Inter-arrival

times, Distribution of service times, Kendall‟s representation of a queueing model, Operating

characteristics of a queueing model, steady-state solutions of {M/M/1: ∞/FCFS} Model and

{M/M/1 ; N/FCFS} Model.

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics by S.C.Gupta and V.K.Kapoor, Sultan Chand &

Sons Publishers.

2. Probability, Statistics and Random Processes by T.Veerarajan, Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub.

Reference Books:

1. Probability & Statistics with Reliability, Queueing and Computer Applications by

Kishore.S.Trivedi, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.

2. Probability and statistics for Engineers, Miller and Freund, 7th

edition, Prentice-Hall India.

3. Probability and statistics for Engineers and Scientists by Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H.

Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying Ye, Eighth edition, Pearson Education.

6

Code:B17 BS2103

DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

To understand the mathematical arguments using logical connectives and quantifiers and verify the validity of arguments using propositional, predicate logic and truth tables.

To understand various types of relations and discuss various properties of the relations.

To know about the concepts of counting techniques

To know how to solve the recurrence relations

To understand the concepts in graphs & also in Number theory

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course students will be able to :

1. Rewrite the mathematical arguments using logical connectives and quantifiers and verify the

validity of the arguments using propositional and predicate logic.

2. Identify and give examples of various types of relations and describe various properties of

relations.

3. Solve different counting problems.

4. Solve the recurrence relations which occur in many fields.

5. Utilize the concepts in graphs and Number theory in their fields.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I: Mathematical Logic:

Propositional Calculus: Statements and Notations, Connectives, Well Formed Formulas, Truth

Tables, Tautologies, Equivalence of Formulas, Duality Law, Normal Forms, Theory of Inference

for Statement Calculus, Consistency of Premises. Predicate Calculus: Predicative Logic,

Statement Functions, Variables and Quantifiers, Free and Bound Variables, Inference Theory for

Predicate Calculus.

UNIT -II:

Relations: Definition of Relation, Properties of Binary Relations, Relation Matrix and Digraph,

Operations on Relations, Partition and Covering, Transitive Closure, Equivalence, Compatibility

and Partial Ordering Relations, Hasse Diagrams.

Algebraic Structures: Algebraic Systems, Examples, General Properties, Semi Groups and

Monoids, Homomorphism of Semi Groups and Monoids, Group, Subgroup, Abelian Group,

Homomorphism, Isomorphism.

UNIT -III Combinatorics:

Basics of Counting, Permutations, Permutations with Repetitions, Circular Permutations,

Restricted Permutations, Combinations, Restricted Combinations, Generating Functions of

Permutations and Combinations, Binomial and Multinomial Coefficients, Binomial and

Multinomial Theorems, The Principles of Inclusion–Exclusion, Pigeonhole Principle and its

Application.

7

UNIT -IV: Recurrence Relations:

Generating Functions, Function of Sequences, Partial Fractions, Calculating Coefficient of

Generating Functions, Recurrence Relations, Formulation as Recurrence Relations, Solving

Recurrence Relations by Substitution and Generating Functions, Method of Characteristic Roots,

Solving Inhomogeneous Recurrence Relations

UNIT -V:

Graph Theory: Basic Concepts of Graphs, Sub graphs, Matrix Representation of Graphs:

Adjacency Matrices, Incidence Matrices, Isomorphic Graphs, Paths and Circuits, Eulerian and

Hamiltonian Graphs, Multigraphs, Bipartite graphs, Planar Graphs, Euler‟s Formula.

Number Theory : Properties of Integers, Division theorem, Greatest Common Divisor,

Euclidean Algorithm, Least Common Multiple, Testing for Prime Numbers, The Fundamental

Theorem of Arithmetic, Modular Arithmetic (Fermat‟s Theorem and Euler‟s Theorem).

Text Books:

1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science, J. P. Tremblay and P. Manohar, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians, J. L. Mott, A. Kandel,

T.P. Baker, 2nd

Edition, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference Books:

1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics-A Computer Oriented Approach, C. L. Liu and D.P.

Mahopatra, 3rd

Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications with Combinatorics and Graph Theory, K. H.

Rosen, 7th

Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Discrete Mathematical Structures, Bernand Kolman, Robert C. Busby, Sharon Cutler Ross,

PHI.

4. Discrete Mathematics, S. K. Chakraborthy and B.K. Sarkar, Oxford, 2011.

8

Code: B17CS2102

COMPUTER GRAPHICS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. Provide a comprehensive introduction to computer graphics leading to the ability to

understand contemporary terminology, technology, progress and trends.

2. Design of algorithms for digitization of graphic primitives.

3. Apply computer graphics techniques for two-dimensional and three-dimensional

transformations.

4. Visualize viewing transformations.

5. Demonstrate working of I/O devices.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to

1. Summarize the application areas of computer graphics

2. Implement algorithms for scan converting graphic primitives in a graphic package.

3. Apply direct and indirect methods for two-dimensional transformations using matrices.

4. Construct three-dimensional geometric transformations using matrices.

5. Visualize two-dimensional viewing transformations

6. Produce views of three-dimensional scenes.

7. Visualize the working of I/O devices

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Overview of Graphics Systems: Applications of Computer Graphics-Graphical User Interfaces-Video Display Devices-Raster Scan Systems-Random Scan Systems-Graphics Monitors and Workstations -Input Devices- Logical Classification of Input Devices-Hard Copy Devices- Graphics Software-Overview of C-Graphics, Open GL and PHIGS. UNIT-II Output Primitives and it attributes: Points and Lines-Line Drawing Algorithms- Circle Generating Algorithms- Parallel Line Algorithms-Functions in C-Graphics for Output Primitives-Color and Gray Scale Levels - Boundary Fill Algorithm- Flood Fill Algorithm -Anti-aliasing Techniques.

UNIT-III Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations: Basic Transformations- Matrix Representations- Homogeneous Coordinates- Composite Transformations- Reflection- Shear- Transformations between Coordinate Systems- Affine Transformations- Raster Methods for Transformations.

9

UNIT-IV Two-Dimensional Viewing: The Viewing Pipeline-Viewing Coordinate Reference Frame-Window-to-Viewport Coordinate Transformation-Clipping Operations-Point Clipping-Line Clipping-Polygon Clipping-Curve Clipping- Text and Exterior Clipping UNIT-V Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations and Viewing: Translation- Rotation- Scaling- Reflection -Shear-Composite Transformations-Modeling and Coordinate Transformations-3D Display Methods- Spline Representations-Natural Cubic Spline - Bézier Curves and Surfaces-3D Viewing Pipeline- Viewing Coordinates- Projections- View Volumes- General Projection Transformations. Case studies- Implementation of algorithms in C-graphics

Text Book:

1. Computer Graphics C Version, Donald Hearn& M. Pauline Baker, Pearson Education, New

Delhi, 2004 Reference Books:

1. Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics, David F. Rogers, Tata McGraw Hill Book

Company, New Delhi, 2003

2. Computer Graphics: Principles & Practice in C, J.D. Foley, S.K. Feiner, A. Van Dam. F.H

John, Pearson Education, 2004 3. Computer Graphics with Open-GL, Donald Hearn, M. Pauline Baker& Warren Carithers,4th

Edition, 2011

4. Computer Graphics, Zhigang Xiang and Roy A. Plastock, McGraw-Hill Education, 2nd

Edition, ,2015

5. Mathematical and computer programming techniques for computer graphics, Peter

Comninos, Springer -Verlag, 2006.

10

Code:B17 CS 2103

DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the basic principles for design of combinational circuit and sequential circuits.

2. To learn simple digital circuits in preparation for computer engineering.

3. To introduce the Hardware Description Language

Course Outcomes:

At the end of course student can know about

1. An Ability to define different number systems, binary addition and subtraction, 2`s

complement representation and operations with his representation.

2. An Ability to understand different Boolean Algebra theorems and apply them for logic

functions.

3. An Ability to design the Karnaugh map for a few variables and perform an algorithmic

reduction of logic functions.

4. An Ability to define the following combinational circuits: multiplexer, de-multiplexers,

encoders/decoders, comparators, arithmetic-logic units and to be able to build simple circuits.

5. An ability to understand asynchronous and synchronous sequential circuits like counters and

registers.

6. An ability to understand memories like RAM and ROM, Programmable Logic Devices.

SYLLABUS

UNIT- I Binary Systems, Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates:

Digital Systems -- Binary Numbers -- Number Base Conversions -- Octal and Hexadecimal

Numbers -- Complements -- Signed Binary Numbers -- Binary Codes -- Binary Storage and

Registers -- Binary Logic -- Basic Definitions -- Axiomatic Definition of Boolean Algebra -- Basic

Theorems and Properties of Boolean Algebra -- Boolean Functions -- Canonical and Standard

Forms -- Other Logic Operations -- Digital Logic Gates -- Integrated Circuits.

UNIT- II Gate-Level Minimization, Combinational Logic Design:

The Map Method -- Four-Variable Map -- Five-Variable Map -- Product of Sums Simplification

-Don't-Care Conditions - NAND and NOR Implementation -- Other Two- Level

Implementations -- Exclusive-OR Function -- Hardware Description Language(HDL) --

Combinational Circuits -- Analysis Procedure -- Design Procedure -- Binary Adder- Subtractor --

Decimal Adder -- Binary Multiplier -- Magnitude Comparator – Decoders – Encoders –

Multiplexers -- HDL For Combinational Circuits.

UNIT- III Sequential Logic Design, Synchronous Sequential Logic:

Sequential Circuits – Latches -- Flip-Flops -- Analysis of Clocked Sequential Circuits -- State

Reduction and Assignment -- Design Procedure -- HDL For Sequential Circuits.

11

UNIT- IV :Registers ad Counters, Fundamentals of Asynchronous Sequential Logic:

Registers -- Shift Registers -- Ripple Counters -- Synchronous Counters -- Other Counters --

HDL for Registers and Counters -- Introduction to Asynchronous Sequential Logic -- Analysis

Procedure -- Circuits With Latches -- Design Procedure. Hazards

UNIT-V Memory and Programmable Logic: Introduction -- Random-Access Memory -- Memory Decoding -Error Detection and Correction -- Read-Only Memory -- Programmable Logic Array -- Programmable Array Logic -- Sequential Programmable Devices. Text Book : 1. Digital Design, 3

rd Edition, M. Morris Mano, Pearson Education, Inc., 2002

Reference Books: 1. Digital Logic Design Principles, Norman Balabanian and Bradley Carlson, John Wiley &

Sons(Asia) Pte. Ltd., 2002.

2. Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, A. Ananda Kumar, PHI, 2002

3. Digital Circuits and Design, 2nd Edition,S Salivahanan and S Arivazhagan, Vikas Publishing

House Pvt. Ltd., 2003.

4. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design, Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic,

Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, 2002

12

Code:B17 CS 2104

DATA ANALYSIS AND VISUALIZATION USING PYTHON

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the basics of Python Programming Language.

2. To learn about Numpy, Pandas, Matplotlib libraries.

3. To acquire knowledge about data analysis using various statistical approaches

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

1. Acquire knowledge on Basics of Python

2. Acquire knowledge on OOP of Python

3. Acquire knowledge on NumPy and Basics of Statistics

4. Use library such as Pandas

5. Acquire knowledge on Graph Visualizations in Python

6. Acquire knowledge on Data analysis

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Python: About Python, History, Features of Python, Who uses Python, What

can we do with Python, Variables, Data Types, Operations, Operators.

Python OOP: Python Classes, Methods, constructors, Inheritance, Data Hiding, Exceptions,

Modules, Packages, Files

UNIT-II

NumPy Arrays and Vectorized Computation: NumPy arrays, Array creation, Indexing and

slicing, Fancy indexing, Numerical operations on arrays, Array functions, Data processing using

arrays, Loading and saving data, Saving an array, Loading an array, Lists, Tuples, Dictionary,

Sets, Control Loops, Linear algebra with NumPy, NumPy random numbers

UNIT-III

Data Analysis with Pandas: An overview of the Pandas package, The Pandas data structure-

Series, The DataFrame.

The essential basic functionality: Reindexing and altering labels , Head and tail, Binary

operations, Functional statistics , Function application , Sorting,

Indexing and selecting data, Computational tools, Working with missing data, Advanced

uses of Pandas for data analysis - Hierarchical indexing, The Panel data

13

UNIT-IV

Statistics for Data Analysis :: Fitting aggregated counts to the Poisson distribution,

Determining confidence intervals for mean, variance, and standard deviation, Correlating

variables with Pearson's correlation, Correlating variables with the Spearman rank correlation,

Evaluating relations between variables with ANOVA, Learning About Models- Models and

experiments, The cumulative distribution function, Working with distributions, The probability

density function, Multivariate distributions, Regression-Introducing linear regression-Getting

the dataset, Testing with linear regression, Multivariate regression-Adding economic

indicators, Logistic regression

UNIT-V

Data Visualization: The matplotlib API primer-Line properties, Figures and subplots, Exploring

plot types-Scatter plots, Bar plots, Histogram plots, Legends and annotations, Plotting functions

with Pandas, Additional Python data visualization tools-Bokeh, MayaVi

Interacting with Databases and Data Analysis Application:: Interacting with data in text

format: Reading data from text format, Writing data to text format, Interacting with data in

binary format:HDF5, Interacting with data in MongoDB, Interacting with data in Redis:The

simple value, List, Set, Ordered set, Data munging: Cleaning data, Filtering , Merging data,

Reshaping data, Data aggregation , Grouping data

Text Books

1. Vamsi Kurama, Python Programming-a modern approach, Pearson Publisher

2. Phuong Vo.T.H , Martin Czygan, Getting Started with Python Data Analysis, Packt

Publishing Ltd

3. Ivan Idris, Python Data Analysis Cookbook, Packt Publishing Ltd

4. Magnus VilhelmPersson and Luiz Felipe Martins, Mastering Python Data Analysis, Packt

Publishing Ltd

Reference Books

1. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, sultan chand & sons

Educational Publishers New Delhi

2. Jake VanderPlas, Python Data Science, Handbook, Essential tools for working with data,

Oreilly Publisher

3. Mark Summerfield, Programming in Python 3--A Complete Introduction to the Python

Language, Second Edition, Additson Wesley

14

Code: B17 CS 2105

DATA STRUCTURES LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To implement stacks and queues using arrays and linked lists.

2. To develop programs for searching and sorting algorithms.

3. To write programs using concepts of various trees.

4. To implement programs using graphs.

Course Outcomes:

1. Student will be able to write programs to implement stacks and queues.

2. Ability to implement various searching and sorting techniques.

3. Ability to implement programs using trees and graphs.

SYLLABUS

Implement the following programs using C-Language.

1. Write a program for sorting a list using Bubble sort and then apply binary search.

2. Write a program to implement the operations on stacks.

3. Write a program to implement the operations on circular queues.

4. Write a program for evaluating a given postfix expression using stack.

5. Write a program for converting a given infix expression to postfix form using stack.

6. Write a program for implementing the mazing problem.

7. Write a program for the representation of polynomials using linked list and for the addition

of two such polynomials.

8. Write a program for quick sort .

9. Write a program for Merge sort.

10. Write a program for Heap sort .

11. Write a program to create a binary search tree and for implementing the in order, preorder,

post order traversal using recursion.

12. Write a program for finding the transitive closure of a digraph.

13. Write a program for finding the shortest path from a given source to any vertex in a digraph

using Dijkstra„s algorithm. 14. a)Write a program for finding the Depth First Search of a graph. b)Write a program for finding the Breadth First Search of a graph

Reference Book:

1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd

edition, Horowitz, Sahani and Anderson-Freed,

Universities Press, 2008.

15

Code: B17 CS 2106

DATA ANALYSIS AND VISUALIZATION USING R AND PYTHON LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To implement Lists, dictionaries, Sorting, Searching, text handling and file handling

2. To develop Python programs for analyzing data using Statistical methods.

3. To develop Python programs by importing Numpy, Pandas, Matplotlib libraries.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

1. Acquire Programming knowledge on Basics of Python

2. Acquire Programming knowledge on Searching and sorting using Python

3. Acquire Programming knowledge on Text and File Handling

4. Develop Python Programs to Mean, Median, Mode, Correlation, Regression and Probability

distributions

5. Acquire Programming knowledge on NumPy, Pandas Library

6. Acquire Programming knowledge on Graph Visualizations in Python and Data for Analysis

SYLLABUS

1. Python Programs on lists & Dictionaries

2. Python Programs on Searching and sorting

3. Python Programs on Text Handling

4. Python Programs on Files Handling

5. Python Programs for Mean, Mode, Median, Variance, Standard Deviation

6. Python Programs for Karl Pearson Coefficient of Correlation, Rank Correlation, Regression,

Distribution,

7. Python Programs for NumPy Arrays, Linear algebra with NumPy 8. Python Programs for Data Frame using Pandas Library

9. Write a Python program for the following

Importing matplotlib,

Simple Line Plots,

Adjusting the Plot: Line Colors and Styles, Axes Limits,

Labeling Plots,

Simple Scatter Plots,

Histograms,

Customizing Plot Legends,

Choosing Elements for the Legend,

Multiple Legends,

Customizing Colorbars,

Multiple Subplots,

Text and Annotation,

Customizing Tick.

16

10. Python Programs for Interacting with data in text format, Interacting with data in binary

format, Interacting with data in MongoDB, Interacting with data in Redis, Cleaning, Filtering

and Merging Data

Reference Books:

1. Wesley J Chen, Core Python Programming,

2. Jake VanderPlas, Python Data Science, Handbook, Essential tools for working with data,

Oreilly Publisher

3. Mark Summerfield, Programming in Python 3--A Complete Introduction to the Python

Language, Second Edition, Additson Wesley

4. Phuong Vo.T.H , Martin Czygan, Getting Started with Python Data Analysis, Packt

Publishing Ltd

5. Ivan Idris, Python Data Analysis, Packt Publishing Ltd

6. Magnus Vilhelm Persson and Luiz Felipe Martins, Mastering Python Data Analysis, Packt

Publishing Ltd

17

Code: B17 CS 2107

INDUSTRY ORIENTED TRAINING

( R Programming Lab )

Lab : 2 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

Course Objectives:

1. Understand the basics of R programming Language.

2. Able to use R programming for the analysis of various data sets

3. A hands-on experience in the use of R Libraries for visualization of data sets.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course the students can able to

1. Install and find documentation for R functions and libraries. Search for and find domain-

specific R packages.

2. Use and understand the R data types (vectors, matrices, dataframes, strings)

3. Reshape data and use visual exploratory graphics. Practice good data management.

4. Write their own functions in R and break a problem into a set of functions.

5. Be fluent in programming concepts such aqs functional programming, code reuse, object-

oriented programming, recursion, regular expressions, and split-transform-recombine data

manipulation.

6. Engage in good code and data organization practices and use a consistent programming style.

SYLLABUS

INSTALLING R

Downloading and Installing R from CRAN

Installing R on Your Windows Computer

Running the R Program

The Help Command in R

Help for Windows Users

Command Packages

Standard Command Packages

How to Get Extra Packages of R Commands

How to Install Extra Packages for Windows Users

Running and Manipulating Packages

Loading Packages

Windows-Specific Package Commands

Removing or Unloading Packages

Reading and Getting Data into R

Using the combine Command for Making Data

Entering Numerical Items as Data

Entering Text Items as Data

Using the scan Command for Making Data

18

Entering Text as Data

Using the Clipboard to Make Data

Reading a File of Data from a Disk

Reading Bigger Data Files

The read.csv() Command

Alternative Commands for Reading Data in R

Missing Values in Data Files

Viewing Named Objects

Viewing Previously Loaded Named-Objects

Viewing All Objects

Viewing Only Matching Names

Removing Objects from R

Types of Data Items

Number Data

Text Items

Converting Between Number and Text Data

The Structure of Data Items

Vector Items

Data Frames

Matrix Objects

List Objects

Saving Your Work in R

Saving the Workspace on Exit

Saving Data Files to Disk

Save Named Objects

Save Everything

Reading Data Files from Disk

Saving Data to Disk as Text Files

Writing Vector Objects to Disk

Writing Matrix and Data Frame Objects to Disk

Writing List Objects to Disk

Converting List Objects to Data Frames

Manipulating Objects

Manipulating Vectors

Selecting and Displaying Parts of a Vector

Sorting and Rearranging a Vector

Returning Logical Values from a Vector

Manipulating Matrix and Data Frames

Selecting and Displaying Parts of a Matrix or Data Frame

Sorting and Rearranging a Matrix or Data Frame

Manipulating Lists

Viewing Objects within Objects

Looking Inside Complicated Data Objects

Opening Complicated Data Objects

Quick Looks at Complicated Data Objects

Viewing and Setting Names

Rotating Data Tables

19

Constructing Data Objects

Making Lists

Making Data Frames

Making Matrix Objects

Re-ordering Data Frames and Matrix Objects

Forms of Data Objects: Testing and Converting

Testing to See What Type of Object You Have

Converting from One Object Form to Another

Convert a Matrix to a Data Frame

Convert a Data Frame into a Matrix

Convert a Data Frame into a List

Convert a Matrix into a List

Convert a List to Something Else

Box-whisker Plots

Basic Boxplots

Customizing Boxplots

Horizontal Boxplots

Scatter Plots

Basic Scatter Plots

Adding Axis Labels

Plotting Symbols

Setting Axis Limits

Using Formula Syntax

Adding Lines of Best-Fit to Scatter Plots

Pairs Plots (Multiple Correlation Plots)

Line Charts

Line Charts Using Numeric Data

Line Charts Using Categorical Data

Pie Charts

Bar Charts

Single-Category Bar Charts

Multiple Category Bar Charts

Stacked Bar Charts

Grouped Bar Charts

Horizontal Bars

Bar Charts from Summary Data

Creating Data for Complex Analysis

Data Frames

Matrix Objects

Creating and Setting Factor Data

Making Replicate Treatment Factors

Adding Rows or Columns

Summarizing Data

Simple Column and Row Summaries

Complex Summary Functions

The rowsum() Command

20

The apply() Command

Using tapply() to Summarize Using a Grouping Variable

The aggregate() Command

Adding Elements to Existing Plots

Adding Legends to Graphs

Color Palettes

Placing a Legend on an Existing Plot

Adding Text to Graphs

Making Superscript and Subscript Axis Titles

Orienting the Axis Labels

Making Extra Space in the Margin for Labels

Setting Text and Label Sizes

Adding Text to the Plot Area

Adding Text in the Plot Margins

Creating Mathematical Expressions

Adding Points to an Existing Graph

Adding Various Sorts of Lines to Graphs

Adding Straight Lines as Gridlines or Best-Fit Lines

Making Curved Lines to Add to Graphs

Plotting Mathematical Expressions

Adding Short Segments of Lines to an Existing Plot

Adding Arrows to an Existing Graph

Matrix Plots (Multiple Series on One Graph)

Multiple Plots in One Window

Splitting the Plot Window into Equal Sections

Splitting the Plot Window into Unequal Sections

Exporting Graphs

Using Copy and Paste to Move a Graph

Saving a Graph to a File

Reference Book :

1. Beginning R: The Statistical Programming Language by Dr. Mark Gardener, Wiley

publishers

21

Code: B17 BS 2107

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-I

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

Enriching the communicative competency of the students by adopting the activity-based as well

as the class-oriented instruction with a view to facilitate and enable them to enhance their

language proficiency skills.

Course Objectives:

The Students will be able to

1. Communicate their ideas and views effectively.

2. Practice language skills and improve their language competency.

3. Know and perform well in real life contexts.

4. Identify and examine their self attributes which require improvement and motivation.

5. Build confidence and overcome their inhibitions, stage freight, nervousness, etc.

6. Improve their innovative practices in speaking.

Course Outcomes:

The Students will

1. Improve speaking skills.

2. Enhance their listening capabilities.

3. Learn and practice the skills of composition writing.

4. Enhance their reading and understanding of different texts.

5. Improve their inter-personal communication skills.

6. Be confident in presentation skills.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:LISTENING

Selected Motivational Speeches

Selected Moral Stories

UNIT-2:SPEAKING

Book Review

Skit Presentation

PowerPoint Presentations

Describing event/place/thing

Extempore

Group Discussion

Picture Perception and Describing Test

22

UNIT-3:READING

Speeded Reading

Reading Comprehension

UNIT-4:WRITING

Paragraph Writing

Literary Appreciation – Understanding the Language of Literature

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Ad Making

Reference Books:

1. Classic Short Stories-A Reader‟s Digest Selection

2. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

3. The World‟s Great Speeches- edited by B.S. Sekhar, Jeet Publications

4. Fundamentals of Technical Communication by Meenakshiraman, Sangeta Sharma of OUP

5. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science and Engineering, by S.P.

Dhanavel, Orient Blackswan Ltd. 2009

6. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

7. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

23

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018 Admitted Batch onwards)

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

II-SEMESTER

Code

No. Name of the Subject Credits

Lectu

re

Hrs

Tutorial

Hrs Lab

Hrs

Contact

Hrs/

Week

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 CS

2201 Computer Organization 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2202 Operating Systems 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2203 Microprocessors 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2204 Data Communications 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2205

Advanced Data

Structures 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2207 Operations Research 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 CS

2206

Operating Systems &

Unix programming Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 CS

2207

Digital Electronics &

Microprocessors Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 CS

2208

Competitive

Programming Lab 1 -- -- 2 2 50 -- 50

B17 BS

2204

Professional Ethics &

Human Values -- 2 -- -- 2 -- -- --

B17 BS

2206 English Proficiency-II -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 21 7 8 36 330 520 850

24

Code : B17 CS 2201

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To study about structure and functional components of a computer.

2. Understanding the hierarchical organization of a computer system which consists of

instruction set of commands.

3. Learn about the architecture of a computer from a programming view.

4. To design a balance system that minimizes performance and utilization of all elements.

Course Outcomes:

1. Knowledge about major components of a computer such as processor, memory and I/O

modules along with their interconnections internally with outside world.

2. Detailed idea about architecture of central processing unit, functions of control unit, memory,

I/O devices and their issues.

3. Simple and multiple processor organization and their issues.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Register Transfer and Micro operations: Register Transfer Language, Register Transfer, Bus

and Memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro operations, Logic Micro operations, Shift Micro

operations, Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit.

UNIT-II

Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction Codes, Computer Registers, Computer

Instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction Cycle, Memory-Reference Instructions, Input-

Output and Interrupt, Complete Computer Description, Design of Basic Computer.

Micro programmed Control: Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro program Example,

Design of Control Unit.

UNIT-III

Central Processing Unit: Introduction, General Register Organization, Stack Organization,

Instruction Formats, Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control,

Reduced Instruction Set Computer(RISC)

Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline,

Instruction Pipeline, RISK Pipeline, Vector Processing, Array Processors.

25

UNIT-IV

Input/output Organization: Peripheral Devices, I/O interface, Asynchronous data transfer,

Modes of transfer, priority Interrupt, Direct memory access, Input-Output Processor (IOP), Serial

Communication.

UNIT-V

Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate

Memory, Cache Memory, and Virtual memory.

Text Book:

1. Computer System Architecture, M. Morris Mano, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., Third

Edition, Sept.2008.

Reference Books:

1. Computer Architecture and Organization, William Stallings, PHI Pvt. Ltd., Eastern Economy

Edition, Sixth Edition, 2003.

2. Computer Organization and Architecture, Linda Null, Julia Lobur, Narosa Publications ISBN

81- 7319-609-5.

3. Computer System Architecture”, John. P. Hayes.

26

Code : B17 CS 2202

OPERATING SYSTEMS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To understand operating system as a layer of abstraction above physical hardware that

facilitates usage convenience and efficient resource management.

2. To learn design and implementation of policies and mechanisms of OS.

3. To investigate case studies to understand the design paradigms for popular multiuser or

single user operating system.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student understands OS evolution, its structure and services provided by it.

2. Learn process life cycle, process scheduling objectives, policies and mechanisms, process

synchronization, inter process communication, deadlocks and other process subsystem

related concepts.

3. Learn memory hierarchy, allocation, de-allocation policies and mechanism for main and

auxiliary memory, file system design and implementation issues.

4. Investigate UNIX/ LINUX and Windows OS platforms w.r.t similarities and differences in

design paradigms.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Introduction to Operating Systems Over View of Operating Systems, Types of Operating Systems, Operating System Structures, Operating System Services, System Calls, Virtual Machines, Operating System Design and Implementation.

UNIT-II Process Management and Process Synchronization Process Concepts, Operations on Processes, Co-operating Processes, Threads, Inter Process Communication, Process Scheduling, Scheduling Algorithms, Multiple - Processor Scheduling, Thread Scheduling. The Critical Section Problem, Peterson„s Solution, Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classical Problems of Synchronization, Critical Regions, Monitors.

UNIT-III Deadlocks System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods For Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention, Avoidance, Deadlock Detection, Recovery from Deadlocks

27

UNIT-IV Memory Management Logical versus Physical Address, Swapping, contiguous memory allocation, paging, structure of the page table , segmentation, Virtual Memory, Demand Paging, Page Replacement, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing, Memory-Mapped files

UNIT-V File Systems, Implementation, and Secondary-storage Structure and Case study Concept of a file, Access Methods, Directory Structure, Protection, File System Structure, Allocation Methods, Free Space Management, Directory Management, Device Drivers, overview of Mass-storage structure, Disk structure, disk attachment, disk scheduling, swap-space management, Case Study of UNIX, MS-DOS and Windows

Text Book: 1. Operating Systems, Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, and Greg Gagne, John Wiley

Publ., Seventh Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, , 2

nd edition, 1995, PHI.

2. Operating Systems, William Stallings 5th Edition - PHI. 3. Operating Systems: A Design-Oriented Approach„, Charles Crowley, ‗Tata Hill Co.,1998

edition.

28

Code : B17 CS 2203

MICROPROCESSORS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives :

The objectives of this course are as follows:

1. To introduce the microprocessors (8085 & 8086).

2. To Introduce memory interfacing and memory mapping.

3. To introduce peripheral interfacing devices 8255 and keyboard/display interface device 8279.

4. To provide knowledge of address decoding and bus transactions.

5. To develop programming skills in 8085 and 8086 microprocessor

Course Outcomes:

1. Students can able to understand The 8085A µP. Architecture [K1]

2. Students can learn about 8085 Instruction Set [K2]

3. The Student Develops The Skill Of Writing 8085 Microprocessor Programming [K3]

4. Ability to design semiconductor memories [K2]

5. Students can learn Parallel I/O Interface - 8255 [K2]

6. Students can learn Keyboard/Display Interface - 8279 [K2]

7. Students can able to understand The 8086 µP. Architecture [K1]

8. Students can learn about 8086 Instruction Set [K1]

9. The Student Develops The Skill Of Writing 80865 Microprocessor Programming [K3]

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Internal Architecture, functional/signal description of 8085 microprocessor, Instruction set,

Addressing modes and programming in 8085.

UNIT-II

Timing diagram, Counters and Time delays, Stacks and Subroutines and Interrupts in 8085

UNIT-III

Classification and interfacing semiconductor memories with 8085 MPU, Interfacing peripherals

to INTEL 8085 using Parallel IO interface-8255, Keyboard/DisplatyInterface-8279

29

UNIT-IV

The 8086 Microprocessor architecture & functional /signal description, Segmented memory,

Maximum & Minimum modes of 8086.

UNIT-V

Addressing modes, Instruction set and assembly language programming techniques with 8086.

Text Books:

1. Microprocessor Architecture and Applications with the 8085 , Ramesh S. gaonkar, 4th

Edition, Penram International, 1999

2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, A K RAY & K M Bhurchandi , 2nd

Edition,The

Mcgraw-Hill companies.

Reference Books:

1. The 80X86 Family , Design, Programming and Interfacing, John E. Uffenbeck, 3rd

Edition,

Pearson Education Inc., 2002.

2. Walter A . tribal and Avatar Singh. The 8088 and 8086 Microprocessors, Programming

interfaing, software, hardware and Applications, 4th

Edition Pearson education Inc., 2003

3. Microprocessors and Interfacing. Programming and hardware, 2ne Edition, Douglass V. Hall.

MH Edition , 1999.

30

Code : B17 CS 2204

DATA COMMUNICATIONS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To study basics of data communication systems.

2. To study the various types of transmission media.

3. To study the various hardware concepts related to data communications.

4. To discuss about multiplexing techniques.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will have the ability to use Data Communications and Networking Protocols and

protocol architectures

2. Students will have the ability to develop communication models for providing data

transmission facility

3. Students will have the ability to outline Data Communication terminology

4. Students will have the ability to classify various transmission media

5. Students will have the ability to discriminate various types of signals for data transmission

and ability to describe data encoding techniques

6. Students will have the ability to describe data communications interface

7. Students will have the ability to apply various flow control , error control techniques of data

link control protocols

8. Students will have the ability to use various data communication terminals and processing

hardware

9. Students will have the ability to demonstrate multiplexing techniques

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Data Communications:

A Communications Model, Data Communications and Data Communications Networking,

Protocols and Protocol Architecture, Characteristics of Data Transmission: Concepts and

Terminology, Analog and Digital Data Transmission, Transmission Impairments.

UNIT-II

Transmission Media:

Guided Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission. Data Encoding: Digital Data-Digital

Signals, Digital Data-Analog Signals, Analog Data-Digital Signals, Analog Data-Analog

Signals.

31

UNIT-III

Data Communication Interface:

Asynchronous and Synchronous Transmission, Line Configurations, Interfacing. Data Link

Control Flow Control, Error Detection, Error Control, High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC)

UNIT-IV

Data Communications Hardware & Processing Hardware:

Terminals: Introduction, Basic Terminal Components, Enhanced Terminal Components,

General-Purpose Terminals, Remote Job Entry Terminals, Transaction Terminals, Clustering of

Terminal Devices.

Communications Processing Hardware:

Introduction, Switching Processors, MultidropLins, Multiplexers, Concentrators, Front-End

Processors

UNIT-V

Multiplexing:

Frequency-Division Multiplexing, Synchronous Time-Division Multiplexing: Characteristics,

TDM Link Control, Digital Carrier Systems, Statistical Time-Division Multiplexing:

Characteristics.

Text Books:

1. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, 7th Edition, PH/Pearson Edu.Inc.,

2. Mary E.S. Loomis, Data Communications, PHI-N.J.,1983(Chapter 3, Chapter 5)

Reference Books:

1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 3 rdEditionTMH,2004

2. William A. Shay, Understanding Data Communications & Networks, 2 ndEdition Thomson-

Brooks/Cole –Vikas Publishing House,1999.

3. Michale A. Miller, Data & Network Communications, Thomson/Delmar –Vikas Pub. House,

2000

32

Code : B17 CS 2205

ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To study the concepts related to trees such as binary trees, BST , AVL trees etc.

2. To discuss various hashing technique.

3. To study the various external sorting algorithms.

4. To discuss the concepts related to disjoint set ADT.

5. To study several graph algorithms and their time complexities.

Course outcomes:

Student will be able to write programs to implement various trees.

1. Ability to understand various hashing techniques.

2. Ability to write programs to implement sorting techniques.

3. Ability to understand concepts related to graph theory.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Trees: Definition , operations and applications of Binary search trees, AVL trees, Red-Black

Trees, Splay trees, Tries and B-Trees, B+ Trees

UNIT-I1

Priority Queues: Heap model and implementations, Binary Heap, Applications of Priority

Queues, d-Heaps, Leftist Heaps, Skew Heaps, Binomial Queues structure, operations and

Implementation

UNIT-1II

Hashing & External sorting: Hash Table Structure, Hash Function, Collision handling,

Separate Chaining, Open Addressing, Rehashing, Extendible hashing, Difference between

internal and external sorting, Model and simple algorithm for External sorting, Multi-way

Merge, Poly-phase Merge, Replacement selection.

UNIT-1V

Graph algorithms: Representation of graphs, Topological sort, Network flow problems,

Applications of Depth first search for finding Bi-connectivity, Euler circuits, strong components,

Introduction of NP-Completeness

UNIT-V

Disjoint Set ADT & Amortized analysis: Equivalence relations, Dynamic equivalence

problem, Basic data structure, smart union algorithms, path compression, Analysis of union/find

algorithm, applications of ADT Disjoint set, Introduction to amortized analysis, Basic

approaches, binary queues, skew heaps, Aggregate analysis, The accounting method, The

potential method and Dynamic tables.

33

Text Books:

1. Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C – Mark Allen Weiss, Pearson Edu Publishers.

2. Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts, Techniques and Applications – G.A.V.Pai,

TataMc Graw Hill Publishers

Reference Books:

1. Advanced Data Structures – Peter Brass, Cambridge University Press, 2008

34

Code : B17 ME 2207

OPERATIONS RESEARCH

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To discuss about basic Operation Research concepts , Formulation of LPP and its solution

using graphical method.

2. To discuss about standard form of LPP. solving LPP using various methods.

3. To study the various solutions of transportation problems and assignment problems.

4. To discuss about PERT and CPM charts .

5. To discuss about replacement problems, inventory problems and game theory.

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to solve LPP problems using various methods.

2. Ability to solve transportation and assignment problems using several methods.

3. Analyze the PERT and CPM charts.

4. Ability to solve replacement problems and game theory problems.

SYLLABUS

UNIT - I:

Overview of Operations Research, Types of OR Models, Phases of Operations Research– OR

Techniques, Introduction to Linear Programming, Formulation of Linear Programming Problem,

Graphical Solution; Standard Form of LPP, Basic Feasible Solutions, Unrestricted Variables,

Simplex Algorithm , Artificial Variables, Big M Method, Two Phase Simplex Method,

Degeneracy, Alternative Optimal, Unbounded Solutions, Infeasible Solutions, Primal And Dual

Problems and Their Relations, Dual Simplex Method.

UNIT - II:

Transportation Problem as LPP, Initial Solutions, North West Corner Rule, Lowest Cost Method,

Vogel‟s Approximation Method, Optimum Solutions of TPP, Degeneracy in Transportation,

Transportation Algorithms. Assignment Problem, Assignment Problem as LPP, Hungarian

Method, Travelling Salesman Problem, Solutions of TSP.

35

UNIT - III:

Sequencing Problems, N-Jobs Two Machine Problems, N-Jobs K Machines Problems, Two-Jobs

M- Machine Problems, Replacement Problems-Individual and Group Replacement Policy,

Reliability & System Failure Problems,

UNIT - IV:

Network Representation of A Project, CPM and PERT, Critical Path Calculations, Time – Cost

Optimizations, PERT Analysis and Probability Considerations, Resource Analysis in Network

Scheduling. Inventory-Factors Effecting Inventory-EOQ, Inventory Problems with and without

Shortages, Inventory Problems with Price Breakups.

UNIT – V:

Game Theory: Two Person Zero Sum Games, Mixed Strategy Games and Their Algorithms.

Text Books:

1. Operations Research, Kanti Swaroop, P.K. Gupta, Man Mohan, Sulthan Chand&Sons

Education.

2. Publishers Operations Research – An Introduction, Handy A Taha – Pearson Education.

Reference Books:

1. Operations Research Panneer Selvan Prentice Hall of India.

2. Operations Research by S.D Sharma.

3. Introduction to Operations Research, F.S. Hiller, G.J. Liberman, TMH.

4. Operations Research by V. K. Kapoor.

36

Code: B17 CS 2206

OPERATING SYSTEMS AND UNIX PROGRAMMING LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To learn about UNIX/LINUX operating system, its intervals.

2. To learn system programming for UNIX/LINUX Operating System.

3. To understand UNIX/LINUX shell programming.

4. To understand resource management policies, mechanisms and their performance evaluation.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student practices UNIX commands, Vi editor, shell commands.

2. The student develops skill in writing C programs using system calls for process management,

inter process communication and memory management aspects.

3. The student learns shell programming and develops skill for writing scripts for batch level

tasks.

SYLLABUS

Module I OS lab familiarization, Home Assignment on Unix commands, Vi editor

Simple C programs using command line arguments, system calls, library function calls, make

utility C programs using fork system call to create process and study parent, child process

mechanism

C programs to create process chaining, spawning

C programs to handle errors using errno, perror() function

C programs to use pipe system call for inter process communication Module II Familiarization of Unix shell programming

Simple shell programming exercises

Shell programming using decision making constructs

Shell programming using loop constructs

Shell programming for file and directory manipulation

Module III C programs to study process scheduling (FCFS, Shortest Job First, and Round Robin) C

programs to study page replacement (FIFO, Optimal, and LRU page replacement) C programs to

study deadlock avoidance and detection

C Programs to simulate free space management.

37

Reference Books: 1. Unix concepts and applications by Sumitabha Das, TMH Publications. 2. Unix programming by Stevens, Pearson Education. 3. Shell programming by Yashwanth Kanetkar. 4. Operating System Concepts by Silberschatz, and Peter Galvin.

38

Code: B17 CS 2207

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND MICRO PROCESSORS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To learn about logic gates, half adders, full adders and flip -flops. 2. To learn about the microprocessor programming. 3. To learn about the microprocessor interfacing with stepper motor, R-2R ladder.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student understands the logic gates, half adders, full adders and flip-flops to design a circuit.

2. The student develops the skill of writing microprocessor programming.

3. The student understands the interfacing of microprocessor with stepper motor, R-2R ladder.

SYLLABUS

1 DIGITAL EXPERIMENT

Verification of Truth tables of OR, AND, NOT, NAND, NOR, EX-OR gates(by using 7400-

series)

Construction of gates using NAND, NOR gates.

Construction of Half and Full adders and verifying their truth tables.

Operation and verifying truth tables of flip-lops-RS, D and JK using IC‟s

Up/Down counters using JK flip-flops.

4-bit shift right and left registers using JK flip-flops.

2 MICROPROCESSORS: 8085

Binary Addition of „N‟ 8-bit numbers.

Binary to BCD conversion

Arranging –Ascending/descending order

To find the largest /smallest numbers in the array.

ASCII to HEXA & HEXA to ASCII conversion.

3 MICROPROCESSORS: 8086

Liner Search

Factorial of a given number

To copy string from S1 to S2

To find GCD and LCD

39

4 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACING WITH 8085

Matrix display

Light Rollet

Traffic Light.

Simple calculator

Stepper Motor controller.

Reference Books:

1. Microprocessor Architecture and Applications with the 8085 , Ramesh S. gaonkar, 4th

Edition, Penram International, 1999.

2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, A K RAY & K M Bhurchandi , 2nd

Edition,The

Mcgraw-Hill companies.

40

Code: B17 CS 2208

COMPETETIVE PROGRAMMING LAB

Lab : 2 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

Course Objectives:

1. To Learn basic concepts of Python Programming Language

2. To Learn various Object Oriented Programming Concepts

3. To Learn various advanced Data structures

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course the student can able to

1. Write programs using python programming

2. Write algorithms

3. Implement various data Structures

4. To apply object oriented mechanisms

5. To Implement various Advance data Structures like AVL trees, B-Trees, Splay trees etc

SYLLABUS

Introduction to Python

The basic elements of python

Branching Programs

Control Structures

Strings and Input

Iteration

Functions, Scoping and Abstraction

Functions and scoping

Recursion

Files

Classes and Object-Oriented Programming

Abstract Data Types and Classes

Inheritance

Encapsulation and Information Hiding

41

Algorithms and Data structures

Sequences

Lists

Item Ordering

Two-Dimensional Sequences

The Minmax

Sets and Maps

Playing Sudoku

Sets

Hashing

The HashSet Class

Solving Sudoku

Maps

Memorization

Correlating Two Sources of Information

Membership Structures

Bloom Filters

The Trie Data type

Balanced Binary Search Trees

Binary Search Trees

AVL Trees

Splay Trees

Iterative Splaying

Recursive Splaying

B-Trees

B-Tree Implementation

B-Tree Insert

B-Tree Delete

Project

Reference Books :

1. Kent D. Lee, Steve Hubbard, "Data Structures and Algorithms with Python", Springer

Publications.

.

42

Code: B17BS 2204

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & HUMAN VALUES (Common to CSE, ECE & IT)

Lecture : 2 Periods Int. Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

Course Objectives:

1. To inculcate Ethics and Human Values into the young minds.

2. To develop moral responsibility and mould them as best professionals.

3. To create ethical vision and achieve harmony in life.

Course outcomes:

By the end of the course student should be able to understand the importance of ethics and values

in life and society.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Ethics and Human Values: Ethics and Values, Ethical Vision, Ethical Decisions, Human

Values – Classification of Values, Universality of Values.

UNIT – II

Engineering Ethics: Nature of Engineering Ethics, Profession and Professionalism, Professional

Ethics , Code of Ethics, Sample Codes – IEEE, ASCE, ASME and CSI.

UNIT – III

Engineering as Social Experimentation:

Engineering as social experimentation, Engineering Professionals – life skills, Engineers as

Managers, Consultants and Leaders Role of engineers in promoting ethical climate, balanced

outlook on law.

UNIT – IV

Safety Social Responsibility and Rights:

Safety and Risk, moral responsibility of engineers for safety, case studies – Bhopal gas tragedy,

Chernobyl disaster, Fukushima Nuclear disaster, Professional rights, Gender discrimination,

Sexual harassment at work place.

UNIT – V

Global Issues:

Globalization and MNCs, Environmental Ethics, Computer Ethics, Cyber Crimes, Ethical living,

concept of Harmony in life.

43

Text Books:

1. Govindharajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthil Kumar, V.S., Engineering Ethics, Prentice Hall

of India, (PHI) Delhi, 2004.

2. Subramainam, R., Professional Ethics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.

Reference Books:

1. Charles D, Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson / PHI, New Jersey 2004 (Indian

Reprint)

44

Code: B17 BS 2206

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-II

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

To equip the students with the components of the language required and help them gain adequate

knowledge so as to become employable and competent.

Course Objectives:

Students will be able to

1. Enhance their Interpretative skills

2. Understand how to prepare a text.

3. Comprehend various types of writing discourses and respond.

4. Produce effectively different write-ups related to various business contexts.

5. Strengthen their emotional make-up.

6. Perceive various writing discourses.

Course Outcomes:

The students will

1. Develop the skills of taking and making notes

2. Interpret the pictures appropriately and effectively.

3. Read, comprehend and infer a given piece of writing effectively.

4. Learn and practice the skills of Research writing.

5. Communicate well through various forms of writing.

6. Be confident in giving presentations and dealing with people.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:SPEAKING

Analyzing proverbs

Enactment of One-act play

UNIT-2:READING

Reading Comprehension

Summarizing Newspaper Article

UNIT-3:WRITING

Note Taking &Note Making

Precis Writing

Essay Writing

Letter Writing

Picture Description

Literary Appreciation– Learning the Language of Literature

45

UNIT-4:VOCABULARY

Indian-origin English Words

Phrasal Verbs for Day-to-Day Communication

Commonly used Idiomatic Expressions

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Research Writing

Reference Books:

1. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

2. Effective Technical Communication by M.AshrafRizwi. Tata Mcgraw Hill

3. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

4. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

5. Six Weeks to Words of Power by Wilfred Funk. W.R.Goyal Publishers

6. English for Engineers and Scientists by Sangeeta Sharma and Binod Mishra, PHI Learning

1

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018Admitted Batch onwards)

ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

I-SEMESTER

Code

No. Name of the Subject Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutori

al

Hrs

Lab

Hrs

Contact

Hrs/

Week

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 BS

2101 Mathematics - IV 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2101

Electronic Devices and

Circuits 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2102

Switching Theory and

Logic Design 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2103 Signals and Systems 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EE

2104 Network Analysis 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2104

Probability Theory and

random Processes 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2107 Electronic Devices and

Circuits Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 EE

2106

Networks and Electrical

Technology Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 BS

2106 Programming Skills-I 1 -- -- 2 2 50 --- 50

B17 BS

2107 English Proficiency-I -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 19 7 8 34 330 520 850

SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) (Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)

Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade

Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: W.G.Dt., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

ESTD: 1980

2

Code: B17BS2101

MATHEMATICS IV

(Common to CE,ECE,EEE& ME)

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Students should learn

1. The concept of Analytic function, its implications and applications in flow problems.

2. Solution of one- dimensional wave equation, one-dimensional heat equation and two-

dimensional Laplace equation by the use of „separation of variables‟.

3. Formation and solution of linear difference equations. Important concepts of Z-transform and

its use to solve linear difference equations.

4. Basic concepts of certain discrete and continuous probability distributions.

5. Concepts of Sampling theory for analyzing large and small samples.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be capable of

1. Using the concept of Analytic function in applications including Electrostatics and Fluid

dynamics.

2. Finding theoretical solution of certain Elliptic, Parabolic and Hyperbolic partial differential

equations.

3. Using Z-transforms to solve linear difference equations with constant coefficients.

4. Fitting of probability frequency distribution to a given data.

5. Using the concepts of sampling theory to analyze data related to some large and small

samples.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Functions of a Complex Variable

Review- Cartesian form and polar form of a complex variable, Real and imaginary parts of zn ,

ez, sin z, sinh z and log z ( no questions may be set).

Limit and continuity of a function of the complex variable, derivative, analytic function, entire

function, Cauchy- Riemann equations, finding an analytic function, Milne-Thomson method,

Applications of analytic function to flow problems, and in Electrostatics. Conformal mapping:

the transformations defined by w = z+c, w = cz, w = 1/z, the Bilinear transformation, w = z2 and

w=ez.

UNIT-II Applications of Partial Differential Equations

Method of separation of variables, One –dimensional wave equation, the D‟Alembert‟s solution,

one-dimensional heat equation, two-dimensional heat flow in steady state (solution of two-

dimensional Laplace equation in Cartesian coordinates only)

UNIT-III Difference Equations And Z-Transforms

Formation of a difference equation, Rules for finding complimentary function and particular

integral for linear difference equations.

Definition of Z- transform, some standard Z- transforms, properties, transform of a function

multiplied by n, initial value theorem and final value theorem(without proof), evaluation of

inverse Z- transforms, convolution theorem (without proof), solution of linear difference

equations by the use of Z- transforms.

3

UNIT-IV Probability Distributions

Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Normal distribution: Definition (pmf/pdf), notation,

mean, variance, moment generating function, probability generating function and fitting of a

distribution.

UNIT-V Sampling Theory

Sampling theory: Sampling distribution, standard error, testing of Hypothesis, level of

significance, confidence limits, simple sampling of attributes, sampling of variables, estimation

of mean and variance.

Large samples: testing of hypothesis for sample proportion, two proportions, single mean and

two means.

Small samples: Degrees of freedom, Students‟ t- distribution, t-test for single mean, two means;

Chi-squared distribution-testing the goodness of a fit.

Text Book:

1. Scope and Treatment as in “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, by Dr.B.S.Grewal, 43rd

Edition, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley.

2. A text book of Engineering Mathematics, by N.P.Bali and Dr. Manish Goyal, Lakshmi

Publications.

3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by H.K.Dass, S.Chand Company.

4. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by B.V.Ramana, Tata Mc Graw Hill Company.

5. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by Dr. M.K.Venkatraman, The National Publishing

Company.

4

Code: B17 EC 2101

ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

(Common to ECE & EEE)

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course objectives:

1. To give exposure to the students about intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, semiconductor

diodes, special purpose diodes like Zener diode, Photo diode, LED, Schottky barrier diode,

PIN diode, varactor diode and tunnel diode etc.

2. To give exposure to the students about rectifier circuits using diodes.

3. To give exposure to the students on basics of BJT, JFET and MOSFET and biasing of BJT

and FETs.

4. To give exposure to the students on the analysis of transistor at low and high frequencies.

Course outcomes:

After completion of the course the students will be able to

1. Understand the physical structure, principles of operation, electrical characteristics and

circuit models of diodes, BJT‟s and FET‟s.

2. Use the concepts of semiconductor physics and electronic devices to design and fabricate

simple electronic circuits.

3. Use this knowledge to analyze and design amplifier circuits and oscillator circuits to be

used in various applications.

4. Extend the understanding of how electronic circuits and their functions fit into larger

electronic systems.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: Transport Phenomena in Semi Conductors

Mobility and conductivity, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, mass action law, charge

densities in a semiconductors, Hall Effect, generation and recombination of charges, drift and

diffusion currents, the continuity equation, injected minority carrier charge, potential variation in

graded semiconductors.

UNIT- II: PN junction diode and Diode Rectifiers Open circuited PN junction , PN junction as a rectifier, current components in a PN diode, V-I

characteristics and its temperature dependence, transition capacitance, charge control description

of a diode, diffusion capacitance, junction diode switching times, Zener diode, Tunnel Diode,

Photo diode,Varactor diode, LED,Half wave, Full wave and Bridge Rectifiers with and without

filters, Ripple factor and regulation characteristics

5

UNIT – III: Bipolar junction transistors

Introduction to BJT, operation of a transistor and transistor biasing for different operating

conditions, transistor current components, transistor amplification factors: α,β,γ relation between

α and β,γ early effect or base-width modulation, common base configuration and its input and

output characteristics, common emitter configuration and its input and output characteristics,

common collector configuration and its input and output characteristics, Comparison of CE, CB

and CC Configurations, Break- down in transistors, Photo Transistor.

Transistor Biasing Circuits: The operating point, Bias stability, different types of biasing

techniques, stabilization against variation in Ico , VBE, & β. Bias compensation, thermal runaway,

thermal stability.

UNIT – IV: Field Effect transistors

JFET and its characteristics, pinch off voltage, FET small signal model, MOSFET and its

characteristics, Biasing of FETs.

UNIT – V: Transistors at low and High frequencies

Transistor hybrid model, H-parameters, Analysis of transistor amplifier circuits using h-

parameters, comparison of transistor amplifier configurations, analysis of single stage amplifier,

effects of bypass and coupling capacitors, frequency response of CE amplifier, Emitter follower,

High frequency model of transistor.

Text books:

1. Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital Circuits and Systems: Jacob Millman, C Halkias,

Chetan D Parikh. McGraw – Hill.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits: N Salivahanan and Suresh Kumar, Third edition, TMH.

Reference Books:

1. Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, Boylsted, 10th

Edition,Pearson

2. Electronic Principles : Albert Paul Malvino, McGraw-Hill.

6

Code: B17 EC 2102

SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To provide insight of number systems and minimization of Boolean functions

2. To learn simplification of Boolean functions using different methods

3. To learn the design of various combinational circuits and their applications

4. To learn the design of various sequential circuits and their applications

5. To introduce the basics and design of Counters, Synchronous and Asynchronous sequential

circuits Course Outcomes:

By the end of the course the students will be able to

1. Understand various basic number systems, codes and basic logic gates.

2. Learn various types of Boolean expressions and theorems and simplificationsusing K-map

and Tabulation methods.

3. Design and analyze combinational circuits using logic gates.

4. Understand basics of Flip-flops, design and analyze sequential circuits using those Flip-flops

and gates.

5. Design of all types of counters and understand basics of Synchronous and Asynchronous

sequential circuits, and analyze them.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I-Number Systems, Codes and Boolean Algebra:

Number Systems, Base Conversion Methods, Complements of Numbers, 4 Bit Codes-BCD,

Excess-3, 2421, 8421 codes. Even and Odd parity, Hamming code, Error detecting and Error

correcting codes.

Fundamentals of Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates – AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR and XOR.

Boolean theorems and proofs.

UNIT-II- Boolean Functions and Minimization:

Boolean SOP and POS functions-Canonical and Standard. Realization with Universal Gates–

Simplification of Boolean functions using Karnaugh Map (up to 6 variables) and Quine

McClusky methods.

UNIT-III-Combinational Logic Circuits and Design:

Logic Design of Combinational circuits – Binary Addition, Subtraction, Multiplexers,

Demultiplexers, Decoders, Encoders, Code Conversion, Priority Encoders, Seven – segment

Displays, Comparators and PLDs.

7

UNIT-IV-Sequential Logic Circuits and Design:

The Flip-flops: SR, RS and JK Flip-Flops, Race around problem, MSJK, T and D-Flip-flops.

Flip Flops with preset and clear inputs. Excitation tables of all Flip- Flops and conversions from

one type to another. Design of Shift Registers with SIPO, SISO, PIPO and PISO modes and

universal shift register. Ring counter and Johnson counter.

UNIT-V- Asynchronous and Synchronous Sequential Circuits:

Design of Asynchronous counters for any modulous. Design of Synchronous counters using SR,

JK, T and D-FFs. Basics of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits, Cycles, Races and Hazards.

Analysis and Design of Synchronous Sequential Circuits with State Diagrams and State

Reduction.

Text books:

1. An Approach to Digital Design, William I. Fletcher, PHI.Engineering

2. Switching and Finite Automata Theory, 2nd Edition, ZviKohavi, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1978.

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Charles H. Roth, Thomson Publications, 5th Edition, 2009

2. Digital Design, Morris Mano, PHI, 3rd

Edition, 2001.

Web Resourses:

http://www.ece.ubc.ca/~saifz/eece256.htm

http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-

contents/IIT%20Guwahati/digital_circuit/frame/index.html

8

Code: B17 EC 2103

SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the fundamental concepts and techniques associated with the understanding of

signals and systems.

2. To familiarize with techniques suitable for analyzing both continuous-time and discrete time

LTI systems using transforms.

3. To familiarize with development of the mathematical skills to solve problems involving

convolution, filtering, and sampling.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Understand the basic concepts of signals and systems.

2. Analyze the spectral characteristics of Continuous Time and Discrete Time periodic and

aperiodic signals using Fourier analysis.

3. Analyze system properties based on impulse response and Fourier analysis.

4. Apply Laplace- transforms for analyzing Continuous -time signals and systems.

5. Apply Z- transforms for analyzing discrete-time signals and systems.

6. Understand the process of sampling and the effects of under sampling.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I : Introduction to Continuous –Time and Discrete –Time signals and systems

Continuous –Time and Discrete –Time signals, Signal Energy and Power, Periodic Signals, Even

and odd Signals, continuous- Time complex Exponential and Sinusoidal Signals, Discrete –Time

complex Exponential and Sinusoidal Signals and their Periodicity , The Unit Impulse and Unit

step Functions, The Continuous-Time Unit impulse and Unit step Sequence, Continuous –Time

and Discrete –Time Systems, Interconnections of Systems, Basic System Properties, Continuous

–Time and Discrete Time LTI Systems: – The Graphical interpretation of Convolution Integral

and The Convolution Sum, Casual LTI Systems Described by Differential and Difference

Equations, Singularity Functions.

UNIT-II : Fourier Series Representation of Periodic Signals

Introduction, Fourier Series Representation of continuous time Periodic Signals(Complex

Exponential and Trigonometric Fourier Series only),convergence of the Fourier Series,

Properties of continuous time Fourier Series, Fourier Series representation of discrete time

periodic signals, Properties of discrete time Fourier Series (Elementary Level on DTFS).

9

UNIT-III : Continuous and Discrete time Fourier Transform

Introduction, Representation of Aperiodic signals, The continuous time Fourier Transform, The

Fourier Transform for periodic signals, Properties of the continuous time Fourier Transform,

Systems characterized by linear constant-coefficient differential equations. Discrete time Fourier

Transform, Properties of the Discrete time Fourier Transform, Systems characterized by linear

constant co-efficient differential equations (Elementary Level on DTFT).

UNIT-IV : Laplace Transform

Introduction, The Laplace Transform, the region of convergence for Laplace Transforms, The

Inverse Laplace Transform, Properties of Laplace Transforms, The initial and Final value

theorems, Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using the Laplace Transforms.

UNIT-V : Sampling Theorem and Z-transform

Introduction to Sampling Theorem,StatementofSampling Theorem for Low pass and Band pass

signals(Theorem Proof for Low Pass signals only) ,reconstruction of a signal from its samples

using interpolation, discussion on Oversampling, Critical sampling and Under

sampling(aliasing). The Z-Transform(Bilateral and unilateral), The Inverse Z-Transform,

Properties of Z-Transform, Initial and Final Value theorems, some common Z-transform pairs,

Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using the Z-Transforms.

Text Books:

1. Signals Systems and Communication-B. P. Lathi, BS Publication.

2. Signals and Systems- Alan V. Oppenheim, Alan S. Willsky and Ian T. Young, PHI, 2ndEdn.

Reference Books:

1. Signals and Systems – P.RamakrishnaRao, TMH.

2. Signals and Systems- A.AnandaKumar,PHI.

10

Code: B17 EE 2104

NETWORK ANALYSIS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To learn the concept of network theory and definitions of circuit elements for modeling

practical electric circuits.

2. To learn various theorems and techniques in electric circuit analysis and to know their

significance and applications

3. To learn phasor concept and apply it to analysis of circuits in sinusoidal steady state.

4. To know the behavior of the steady states and transients states in RLC circuits.

5. To understand the two port network parameters.

Course Outcomes:

1. Gain the knowledge on basic network elements and learn various circuits analyzing

techniques

2. Will learn the behavior of energy storing elements (Inductance & Capacitance) in circuits

and analyses transient and steady state responses.

3. Will analyze the RLC circuits behavior in detailed.

4. Analyze the performance of periodic waveforms.

5. Gain the knowledge in characteristics of two port network parameters (Z, Y, ABCD, h & g).

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I :Analysis of DC Circuits: Network elements classification, series and parallel combination of Resistance, Inductance and

Capacitance. Star to delta transformation. Types of sources, Source transformation, Mesh analysis and

Nodal analysis problem solving with resistances only including dependent sources.

UNIT-II :DC transients: Inductor, Capacitor, source free RL, RC and RLC response, Evaluation of Initial conditions,

Application of unit-step function to RL, RC and RLC circuits, concepts of Natural, Forced and

Complete response.

UNIT-III :Steady State Analysis of A.C Circuits : Average and Effective value of Voltage and Current, Response to sinusoidal excitation - pure

resistance, pure inductance, pure capacitance, impedance concept, phase angle, series R-L, R-C,

R-L-C circuits problem solving. Complex impedance and phasor notation for R-L, R-C, R-L-C

Problem solving using mesh and nodal analysis, Instantaneous and Average Power, Complex

Power.

11

UNIT-IV: Network Theorems:

Thevenin‟s, Norton‟s, Milliman‟s, Reciprocity, Superposition, Max Power Transfer, Tellegens

theorems- problem solving using dependent sources also.

Resonance: Introduction, Definition of Q, Series resonance, Bandwidth of series resonance,

Parallel resonance, Condition for maximum impedance, , Bandwidth of parallel resonance,

general case resistance present in both branches.

UNIT-V: Two-port networks : Relationship of two port networks, Z-parameters, Y-parameters, Transmission line parameters,

h-parameters, Inverse h-parameters, Inverse Transmission line parameters, Relationship between

parameter sets, Parallel connection of two port networks, Cascading of two port networks, series

connection of two port networks, concept of duality,problem solving including dependent

sources .

Textbooks:

1. Engineering Circuit Analysis, William H.Hayt Jr. and Jack E. Kemmerley, 5th

Edition,

McGraw Hill International Edition.

2. Network Analysis, M. E. Van Valkenburg, 3rd

Edition, PHI.

3. Theory and Problems of Electric Circuits 4th

Edition, MahmoodNahvi, JosephA. Edminister,

Schaum‟s Outline Series Mcgraw-Hill

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals of Electric circuits 5th

edition Charles K. Alexander and Matthew Sadiku

2. Network Analysis &Synthesis ,Franklin F. Kuo; 2nd

edition John Wiley & Sons Inc.

3. Circuit Theory Analysis and Synthesis. Edition 2014 AbhijitChakrabarthi,DhanpatRai&Co.

4. Network Analysis, 3rd

Ed, A SudhakarShyammohan.SPalli Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt

Ltd.

12

Code:B17 EC 2104

PROBABILITY THEORY & RANDOM PROCESSES

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course objectives:

1. To introduce the fundamental concepts and theorems of probability theory.

2. To introduce fundamental concepts of random variables and their statistical descriptions

3. To discuss about various types of random processes, their properties, spectral representation

and applications.

4. To understand the difference between time averages and statistical averages, Stationary and

Ergodicity.

5. To apply elements of stochastic processes for problems in real life and understand the

concept of Noise as applicable to linear Systems.

Course outcomes:

On completion of the course the student will be able to

1. Understand the axiomatic formulation of modern probability theory.

2. Characterize Probability Models and functions of Random variables based on single and

multiple random variables.

3. Evaluate and apply moments and characteristic functions and understand the concept of

Inequalities and probabilistic limits.

4. Understand the concept of Random process and determine covariance and spectral density of

stationary random processes.

5. Demonstrate specific applications to Poisson and Gaussian process, representation of low

pass and band pass noise models, Analyze the response of random inputs to linear time

invariant systems.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Probability Theory

Definitions of Probability, Axioms of Probability, Probability Spaces, Properties of Probabilities,

Joint and Conditional Probabilities, Independent Events

UNIT-II Random Variables

Probability Distribution Function, Probability Density Function, Joint Distribution of Two

Variables, Conditional Probability Distribution and Density, Independent Random Variables,

Normal Distribution, Cauchy‟s distribution, Exponential Distribution, Binomial Distribution,

Poisson distribution, Functions of Random Variables.

UNIT-III Statistical Averages

Random Vectors, Statistical Averages, Characteristic Function of Random Variables,

Inequalities of Chebyshev‟s and Schwartz, Convergence Concepts, Central Limit Theorem.

13

UNIT-IV Random Processes

Introduction, Definitions, Stationarity, Ergodicity, Covariance Function and their Properties,

Spectral Representation, Weiner-Kinchine Theorem.

UNIT-V Linear Systems and Random Noise Processes

Classification of Linear systems, Response of Linear Systems to Random signals, Spectral

characteristics of system Response, Gaussian processes, Poisson Processes, Low-pass and Band-

pass Noise Representation.

Text Books:

1. Probability Theory and Random Processes, S. P. Eugene Xavier, S. Chand and Co. New

Delhi, 1998 (2nd

Edition).

2. Probability Theory and Random Signal Principles, Peebles, Tata McGrew Hill Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. B.P. Lathi, “Signals, Systems & Communications”, B.S. Publications, 2003.

2. Signal Analysis, Papoulis, McGraw Hill N. Y., 1977.

14

Code: B17 EC 2107

ELECTRONICS DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB

(Common to ECE & EEE)

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course objectives:

1. To familiarize the students with various passive and active components like resistors,

capacitors, inductors ,semiconductor diodes, Zener diodes, LEDs, BJTS, JFETs and UJTs.

2. To familiarize the students with operation of CROs , function generators and bread boards.

3. To observe and analyze the characteristics of devices like diodes, BJTs & FETs.

4. To analyze the behavior of BJT and JFET amplifiers.

Course outcomes:

At the end of the semester students should be able to

1. Design and fabricate simple circuits like diode rectifiers with filters for providing dc voltages

in electronic circuits.

2. Design and fabricate amplifiers with required gain for use in various communication

applications.

3. Design and fabricate simple electronic circuits for everyday applications like traffic control

lights using relays, automatic counters using LDRs and Burglar alarms.

ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE

1. Identification ,Specifications and testing Of R,L,C components, colour codes,

potentiometers, coils and bread boards

2. Identification ,Specifications and testing of devices like diodes, BJTs, JFETs, SCR and UJT.

3. Soldering of Simple Circuits using Active &Passive Components.

4. Study and operation of Transformers, Ammeters(Analog & Digital),Voltmeters( Analog

&Digital) , Analog and Digital Multimeters and Function Generators, Regulated Power

Supply, Decade Resistance, Inductance &Capacitance Boxes And CRO.

LIST OF HARDWARE EXPERIMENTS:

1. V-I Characteristics Of Semiconductor Diode (Ge& Si), LED and Zener Diode

2. Half Wave And Full Wave Rectifier With And Without Filter

3. Characteristics Of BJT In CE Configuration

4. JFET Characteristics

5. Transistor Biasing Circuits And Transistor As Switch

6. CE Amplifier

7. JFET Common Source Amplifier

15

LIST OF SIMULATION EXPERIMENTS

1. Simulation of V-I Characteristics Of Semiconductor Diode, LED and Zener Diode

2. Simulation of Regulation Characteristics Of ZENER Diode

3. Simulation of CC Amplifier

4. Simulation of JFET Characteristics

5. Simulation of BJT Characteristics In CB Configuration

6. Simulation of JFET Amplifier

7. Simulation of UJT Characteristics

NOTE: (Minimum of Twelve Experiments Should Be Conducted)

Reference Books:

1. Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital Circuits and Systems: Jacob Millman, C Halkias,

Chetan D Parikh. McGraw – Hill.

16

Code: B17 EE 2106

NETWORKS AND ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To learn to make simple electric circuits by using different sources, loads and components

and verify basic laws.

2. To experimentally verify various theorems of circuit analysis.

3. To learn to find circuit models for two-terminal devices and two-port networks.

4. Conducting experiments on characteristics of generators & motors

5. Load tests on series, shunt, compound motors and compound generators-swinburne's,

Hopkinson's test.

6. OC & SC tests on single phase transformers, Sumpner's test.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will gain the skill to make and experiment with practical electric circuits.

2. Students will be able to measure voltage, current, power in practical electric circuits.

3. Students will know the significance of various theorems and their applications.

4. Students will be able to model devices for circuit analysis.

5. Students will be able to assess the behaviour of different electrical machines.

6. Students will be able to predetermine the efficiency and regulation of different machines.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Maximum Power Transfer Theorem

2. Superposition Theorem

3. Thevinin‟s Theorem

4. Series Resonanc

5. Ohm‟s Law and Characteristics of Filament Lamp

6. Parameters of Iron Cored Inductor

7. Swinburne‟s Test

8. Load Test on Dc Shunt Motor

9. Load Test on Dc Series Motor

10. Load Test on 3 Phase Slip ring Induction Motor

11. OC and SC Test on Single Phase Transformer

12. Voltage Regulation of An Alternator by Synchronous Impedance Method

13. Speed Control of Dc Shunt Motor

Reference Books:

1. Network Analysis, M. E. Van Valkenburg, 3rd

Edition, PHI.

17

Code: B17 BS 2106

PROGRAMMING SKILLS-I

(PYTHON) (Common to ECE & EEE)

Lab : 2 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

Course Objectives:

1. To know basic principles of Object Oriented Programming in the context of python

programming language.

2. To study different data types of python, to design a programs.

3. To study and apply different types of concepts like Inheritance, Exception Handling, Turtle

and design programs using these concepts.

4. To study different built in modules like sys, os , math & SQLite

5. To study server side scripting in python like CGI scripts

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to apply object oriented concepts in programming.

2. Ability to define, understand and differentiate different types of data types and apply them.

3. Ability to recognize various concepts of python and develops the programs using them and

also develop web based application.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:

Overview, Environment Set Up, Basic Syntax, Identifiers, Reserved Words, Lines and Indentation,

Multi-Line Statements, Quotation, Comments, Multiple Statements on a Single Line Variable Types, Standard

Data Types, Numbers (math, random, fraction) , Strings, Lists, Tuples , Dictionaries

UNIT-II:

Operators, Arithmetic Operators, Comparison (Relational) Operators, Assignment Operators,

Logical Operators, Bitwise Operators, Membership Operators, Identity Operators, Decision

Making :if, if-else, nested if , Loops: for, while, nested loops

UNIT-III:

Functions, Function Arguments: Required arguments, Keyword arguments, Default arguments,

Variable-length arguments, The Anonymous Functions: lambda, Scope of Variables, Modules, sys, os ,

Date & Time

18

UNIT-IV:

Files & its operations, Exceptions, Standard Exceptions, Assertions, The try-finally Clause,

Raising an Exception, User-Defined Exceptions, Classes and objects , OOPS, Data member ,

Function overloading, Instance variable, Inheritance, Instance, Instantiation, Operator

overloading

UNIT-V:

HTML,CSS Basics, Data Base(SQLite), Database Connection, CRUD Application , CGI Architecture, Web

Server Support and Configuration, GET and POST Methods, CGI Scripts.

UNIT-VI:

Project

References:

1. Dive Into Python 3

2. Think Python

3. Halterman python book

4. Dr. Andrew N. Harrington Computer Science Department, Loyola University Chicago©

Released under the Creative commons Attribution-Noncommercial-Share Alike 3.0

United States License http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/us/

5. https://www.python.org/

6. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/python3/

7. https://www.w3schools.com/

19

Code: B17 BS 2107

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-I

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

Enriching the communicative competency of the students by adopting the activity-based as well

as the class-oriented instruction with a view to facilitate and enable them to enhance their

language proficiency skills.

Course Objectives:

The Students will be able to

1. Communicate their ideas and views effectively.

2. Practice language skills and improve their language competency.

3. Know and perform well in real life contexts.

4. Identify and examine their self attributes which require improvement and motivation.

5. Build confidence and overcome their inhibitions, stage freight, nervousness, etc.

6. Improve their innovative practices in speaking.

Course Outcomes:

The Students will

1. Improve speaking skills.

2. Enhance their listening capabilities.

3. Learn and practice the skills of composition writing.

4. Enhance their reading and understanding of different texts.

5. Improve their inter-personal communication skills.

6. Be confident in presentation skills.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:LISTENING

Selected Motivational Speeches

Selected Moral Stories

UNIT-2:SPEAKING

Book Review

Skit Presentation

PowerPoint Presentations

Describing event/place/thing

Extempore

Group Discussion

Picture Perception and Describing Test

20

UNIT-3:READING

Speeded Reading

Reading Comprehension

UNIT-4:WRITING

Paragraph Writing

Literary Appreciation – Understanding the Language of Literature

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Ad Making

References:

1. Classic Short Stories-A Reader‟s Digest Selection

2. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

3. The World‟s Great Speeches- edited by B.S. Sekhar, Jeet Publications

4. Fundamentals of Technical Communication by Meenakshiraman, Sangeta Sharma of OUP

5. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science and Engineering, by S.P.

Dhanavel, Orient Blackswan Ltd. 2009

6. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

7. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

21

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018Admitted Batch onwards)

ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

II-SEMESTER

Code

No. Name of the Subject

Credit

s

Lectur

e

Hrs

Tutorial

Hrs Lab

Hrs

Contact

Hrs/

Week

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 EC

2201

Electronic Circuit

Analysis 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EE

2203 Control Systems 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2202

Electromagnetic Field

Theory and

Transmission Lines

3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2203

Analog

Communications 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2204 Computer Architecture

and Organization 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 BS

2201 Management Science 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2207

Electronic Circuit

Analysis Lab With

Simulation

2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 EC

2208

Analog

Communication Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 BS

2205 Programming Skills–II 1 -- -- 2 2 50 -- 50

B17 BS

2204

Professional Ethics &

Human Values -- 2 -- -- 2 -- -- --

B17 BS

2206 English Proficiency-II -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 21 7 8 36 330 520 850

22

Code: B17EC2201

ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

The aim of this course is to

1. Understand the concept of multistage amplifiers and analyze them.

2. Learn the classification of feedback amplifiers and analyze them.

3. Compare voltage, power and tuned voltage amplifiers and analyze them.

4. Understand the principle of oscillator and analyze different types of sinusoidal oscillators.

5. Understand the concept and analyze applications of op-amp.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of the course, students will be able to:

1. Know the equivalent circuit of multistage amplifier and its analysis. [K3]

2. Identify the different feedback topologies and analyze them. [K1]

3. Explain the principle of oscillator and design different types of sinusoidal oscillators. [K3]

4. Define the difference between voltage and power amplifiers and design different classes and

know that Tuned amplifiers amplify a narrow band of frequencies and will also be able to

analyze them.[K1,K2, K3]

5. Identify that Op-amp not only amplifies but also performs different operations and analyze

some of its applications.[K1,K2]

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I: Multistage Amplifiers

Transistor at high frequencies, CE short circuit current gain and concept of Gain Bandwidth

product. BJT and FET RC coupled amplifiers at low and high frequencies. Frequency response

and calculation of Band Width of Multistage Amplifiers.

UNIT – II: Feed Back Amplifiers

Concept of Feed Back Amplifiers - Effect of Negative Feedback on the amplifier characteristics.

Four feedback topologies, Method of analysis of Voltage Series, Current Series, Voltage Shunt

and Current Shunt feedback Amplifiers.

UNIT – III: Sinusoidal Oscillators

Condition for oscillations and types of Oscillators – RC Oscillators: RC Phase Shift and Wien

bridge Oscillators. LC Oscillators: Hartley, Colpitts, Clapp, Tuned Collector and Crystal

Oscillators.

23

UNIT – IV: Power and Tuned Voltage Amplifiers

Classification of Power Amplifiers. Series fed, Transformer coupled class-A and class-B power

amplifiers. Push Pull Class-A, Class-B and Class-AB Power Amplifiers. Cross-over Distortion in

Pure Class-B Power Amplifier and Class-AB Power Amplifier- Trickle Bias, Derating Factor

and Heat Sinks – Complementary Push Pull Amplifier. Analysis of Single tuned, Double tuned

and Stagger Tuned Amplifiers with gain and Bandwidth Calculations.

UNIT – V: Operational Amplifiers

Concept of Differential Amplifier. Differential Amplifier supplied with a constant current

source. Calculation of common mode rejection ratio. Block diagram and Ideal characteristics of

an Op-Amp. Applications of Op-Amp: Inverting and Non-Inverting amplifiers, Integrator,

Differentiator, Summing, Subtracting and Logarithmic Amplifiers. Definition and Measurement

of OP-Amp Parameters.

Text Books:

1. Integrated Electronics- Millman and Halkias.

2. Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits – Gayakwad.

Reference Books:

1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – Mottershead.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits by Salivahanan. Tata McGraw-Hill pub.

24

Code: B17 EE 2203

CONTROL SYSTEMS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course objectives:

1. To learn the modeling of linear systems using transfer functions and obtain transfer functions

for physical electrical and mechanical systems.

2. To learn to represent systems using block diagrams and signal flow graphs and derive their

transfer functions.

3. To learn the significance of time response and find it for system analysis in transient and

steady state.

4. To learn the concept of stability and know different techniques of stability analysis.

5. To learn the concept of frequency response and its application for control system analysis.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to model electrical and mechanical physical systems by applying laws

of physics.

2. Students will be able to represent mathematical models of systems using block diagrams &

Signal Flow Graphs and derive their transfer functions.

3. Students will be able to analyze systems in time domain for transient and steady-state

behavior.

4. Students will learn the concept of stability and use RH criterion and Root locus methods for

stability analysis.

5. Students will learn to obtain frequency response plots of systems and use them for system

analysis and stability assessment.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Introduction to control systems- Open loop and closed loop systems- Transfer Functions of

Linear Systems– Impulse Response of Linear Systems – Mathematical Modeling of Physical

Systems – Equations of Electrical Networks – Modeling of Mechanical Systems – Equations of

Mechanical Systems, Analogous Systems.

UNIT-II

Block Diagrams of Control Systems – Signal Flow Graphs (Simple Problems) – Reduction

Techniques for Complex Block Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs (Simple Examples)-

Feedback Characteristics of Control Systems

UNIT-III

Time Domain Analysis of Control Systems – Time Response of First and Second Order Systems

with Standard Input Signals – Steady State Error Constants – Effect of Derivative and Integral

Control on Transient and Steady State Performance of Feedback Control Systems.

25

UNIT-IV

Concept of Stability– Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, Relative Stability Analysis, the Concept and

Construction of Root Loci, Analysis of Control Systems with Root Locus (Simple Problems to

understand theory).

UNIT-V

Frequency Domain Analysis of control systems - Bode Plots- Log Magnitude versus Phase

Plots- Polar Plots -Correlation between Time and Frequency Responses - Nyquist Stability

Criterion -Assessment of Relative Stability -All Pass and Minimum Phase Systems - Constant M

and N Circles.

Text Books:

1. I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, „ Control Systems Engineering‟, New Age International

Publishers(6th

Edition).

2. Benjamin C. Kuo, „ Automatic Control Systems‟ , PHI (5th Edition).

Reference Books:

1. Katsuhiko Ogata, „Modern Control Engineering‟, , PHI (4th

Edition).

2. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, „Modern Control Systems‟, Addison-Wesley

Publishers(8th

Edition)

26

Code: B17 EC 2202

ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY & TRANSMISSION LINES

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the concepts of static electric field , steady magnetic field and time varying

electromagnetic fields in real time applications.

2. To introduce Maxwell‟s equations and their applications in practical situations.

3. To introduce the fundamental theory of electromagnetic wave propagation in bounded and

unbounded media.

4. To study the propagation of energy in practical transmission lines and wave guides.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of the course, Students should have the

1. Ability to apply the knowledge of mathematics, Science and engineering to the analysis and

design of systems involving electric and magnetic fields as well as electromagnetic Waves.

2. Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems in the area of electric and

Magnetic fields and waves.

3. Ability to use Maxwell‟s equations to solve electromagnetic field problems.

4. Ability to apply the knowledge of electromagnetic fields in practical transmission lines and

waveguides.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I :Electrostatics:

Introduction, Coulomb‟s law and electric field intensity, electric field due to different types of

charge distributions, Field due to infinite line charge and finite line charge, Field due to infinite

sheet charge, electric flux density, gauss‟s law and applications, Energy and potential, electric

field in terms of potential gradient, electric dipole, stored energy in static electric field and

energy density, convection and conduction currents, continuity equation, conductors in electric

field, relaxation time, dielectrics in electric field, Laplace‟s and Poisson‟s equations, uniqueness

theorem, different capacitance configurations, Boundary conditions on 𝐸 &𝐷 at the interface

between two media, Related Problems.

UNIT – II :Magneto statics:

Introduction, Biot-savart‟s law, Ampere‟s circuital law, applications of Ampere‟s circuital law,

Point form of Ampere,s circuital law, magnetic flux density, Gauss‟s law for magnetic fields,

scalar and vector magnetic potentials, forces due to magnetic fields, magnetization in materials,

inductance, boundary conditions on 𝐻 &𝐵 at the interface between two media, energy stored in

steady magnetic field, Related problems.

27

UNIT – III Time varying fields and Maxwell’s equations:

Introduction, Faraday‟s law of electromagnetic induction, Transformer emf and motional emf,

Maxwell‟s equations in integral and differential forms, word statements, Maxwell‟s equations

using phasor notation, Boundary conditions on 𝐸 , 𝐷 ,𝐻 &𝐵 at the interface between two

media,Retarded Potentials, Related problems.

UNIT – IV Electromagnetic Waves:

Introduction, Wave equations for free space and for a conductive medium, uniform plane waves,

properties of uniform plane waves, Relation between E and H in uniform plane wave, wave

propagation in lossless and lossy media, Propagation in good conductors and good dielectrics,

depth of penetration, polarization, Reflection of plane waves by a perfect conductor for normal

and Oblique incidences, Reflection of plane waves by a perfect dielectric for normal and Oblique

incidences, Brewster angle and critical angle, Poynting‟s theorem, Related Problems.

UNIT – V:Transmission lines and Rectangular Wave guides:

Transmission lines - Introduction, types of transmission lines, equivalent circuit of transmission

line, Primary and secondary constants of the line, Transmission line equations, characteristic

impedance and expression for characteristic impedance, Reflection coefficient, standing wave

ratio, lossless line, distortion less line, input impedance of transmission line, shorted and open

circuited lines, impedance transformation with 𝜆

8,

𝜆

4𝑎𝑛𝑑

𝜆

2 lines, Construction of smith chart,

applications of smith chart, Single stub matching, Related problems.

Rectangular Waveguides - Introduction, TM modes in rectangular waveguides, TE modes in

rectangular waveguides, Impossibility of TEM mode in waveguides, Characteristics of TE and

TM modes, cutoff frequency, cutoff wavelength, phase and group velocities, characteristic wave

impedance, dominant mode, related problems.

Text Books:

1. Principles of Electromagnetics - N.O.Sadiku, Oxford University Press,4th

edition.

2. EM Waves and Radiating Systems – E.C.Jordan and K.G.Balmain, Printice Hall India

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Electromagnetics – W.A.Hayt and JABuck, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Electromagnetics with applications – Kraus and Fleisch, McGraw Hill.

28

Code: B17 EC 2203

ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the fundamental concepts of communication systems.

2. To familiarize with the concepts of linear or amplitude modulation (AM, DSB-SC, SSB and

VSB) and demodulation techniques.

3. To familiarize with the concepts of angular or non-linear modulation (FM and PM) and

demodulation techniques.

4. To understand and compare different analog modulation schemes.

5. To familiarize with techniques for generating and demodulating narrow-band and wide-band

frequency and phase modulated signals.

6. To provide a good understanding of the behavior of analog communications in the presence

of noise.

7. To develop a clear insight into the relations between the input and output signals in various

stages of a transmitter and a receiver of AM & FM systems.

8. To classify and discuss different types of transmitters and receivers as applicable to analog

communication systems.

Course Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to

1. Understand the need for modulation and the concepts of Amplitude Modulation and

Demodulation techniques and evaluate various parameters in time and frequency Domain.

2. Understand the concepts of Angle Modulation and Demodulation techniques and Evaluate

various parameters of Angle modulated waveform in Time and Frequency Domain.

3. Analyze and compare the performance of various analog modulation techniques in the

presence of noise.

4. Analyze different characteristics of transmitters.

5. Analyze different characteristics of receivers.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: Amplitude Modulation Systems:

Need for Frequency Translation, A Method for Frequency Translation, Amplitude Modulation,

AM Modulators, Envelope detector, Square law demodulator, Maximum Allowable Modulation

for Rectifier Detection, Spectrum and Power Efficiency, DSB-SC Modulation and its Spectrum,

Balanced Modulator, Synchronous Detectors, SSB Modulation, SSB Modulators (Filter Method,

Phase Shift Method), SSB Demodulator, Vestigial Side Band Modulation, Quadrature Amplitude

Modulation, Frequency Division Multiplexing.

29

UNIT-II: Angle Modulation:

Angle Modulation, Phase and Frequency Modulation, Relationship between Phase and

Frequency Modulation, Phase and Frequency Deviation, Spectrum of an FM Signal, Bandwidth

of Sinusoidally Modulated FM Signal, Effect of the Modulation Index on Bandwidth, Spectrum

of Constant Bandwidth FM, Phasor Diagram for FM Signals.FM Generation: Parameter

variation method, Armstrong‟s Indirect method, Frequency Multiplication and application to

FM, FM Demodulator, FM Demodulation using PLL, Pre – emphasis and De – emphasis.

UNIT-III: Noise in AM and FM Systems:

Sources of Noise, Resistor Noise, Shot Noise, Noise in AM Systems, Noise in Frequency

Modulation Systems, Comparison between AM and FM with respect to Noise, Pre-Emphasis and

De-emphasis and SNR Improvement, Threshold in Frequency Modulation.

UNIT-IV: Radio Transmitters:

Classification of Radio Transmitters, AM and FM Transmitters, Radio Telegraph and Telephone

Transmitters, SSB Transmitters.

UNIT-V: Radio Receivers:

Radio receiver Types-Tuned Radio Frequency Receiver, Super Heterodyne Receiver,

AM Receivers: RF Section and Characteristics, Frequency Changing and Tracking, Intermediate

Frequency and IF Amplifiers, Detection and Automatic Gain Control (AGC),

FM Receivers: Amplitude Limiting, FM Demodulators, Comparison with AM Receivers.

Communication Receivers: Extensions of Super-heterodyne Principles, Additional Circuits,

SSB and ISB Receivers.

Text Books:

1. Principles of Communication Systems, H. Taub and D. L. Schilling, McGraw Hill, 1971.

2. Communication Systems, Simon Haykins (2nd

Edition).

3. Electronic Communication Systems, G. Kennedy, McGraw Hill, 1977 (2nd

Edition).

Reference Books:

1. Electronic Communication Systems, G. Kennedy, McGraw Hill, 1977 (2nd

Edition).

2. Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems, B. P. Lathi (2nd

Edition).

30

Code: B17EC2204

COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATION

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To understand Basic building blocks of a Digital Computer.

2. To understand the designing of a CPU.

3. Analyze the concept of interfacing of peripheral devices.

4. To understand the concept of Memories and design of Main memory.

Course Outcomes:

After successfully completing the course students will be able to:

1. Understand how computers represent and manipulates data.

2. Develop the general architecture design of a digital computer.

3. Learn the art of Microprogramming.

4. Develop independent learning skills to interface main memory & I/O.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I:Register Transfer and Micro operations:

Register Transfer Language, Register Transfer, Bus and Memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro

operations, Logic Micro operations, Shift Micro operations, Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit.

UNIT -II: Basic Computer Organization:

Instruction Codes, Computer Registers, Computer Instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction

Cycle, Memory Reference Instructions, Input - Output and Interrupt, Complete

ComputerDescription.

UNIT -III:Micro programmed Control:

Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Microinstruction Formats, Micro program Example,

Design of Control Unit.

CPU Organization: Introduction, General Register Organization, Stack Organization Instruction

Formats, Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control, Reduced

Instruction Set Computer (RISC).

UNIT-IV: Input – Output Organization:

Peripheral Devices, Input - Output Interface, Asynchronous Data Transfer, Modes of Transfer,

Priority Interrupt, Direct Memory Access (DMA), Input- Output processor, CPU-IOP

communication.

UNIT- V:Memory Organization:

Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary Memory, Associative Memory, Cache Memory,

Virtual Memory.

31

Text Books:

1. Computer System Architecture, M. Morris Mano, PHI Publications, (3rd Edition May 1996).

2. Computer Architecture and Organization. John P.Hayes. McGraw Hill International,

(3rd

Edition).

Reference Books:

1. Computer Organization, V. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko G. Vranesic and Safwat G. Zaky,

McGraw Hill International, (4th Edition).

2. Digital Computer Fundamentals, Thomas C. Bartee.

32

Code: B17 BS 2201

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

(Common to ECE & EEE)

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objective:

To enlighten the technical students with functional management related issues like

Principles of Management, Marketing Management, Human Resource Management, Production

Management , Financial Management and Strategic Management techniques.

Course Outcomes:

1. Create awareness about the concepts like Evolution of Management thought, functions &

principles of management.

2. Provide all round information to the students about matters related to concepts & functions

related to Marketing.

3. Acquire in-depth knowledge about the concepts and functions of HRM.

4. Understand about aspects of Production Management and Financial Management.

5. Gain knowledge about Strategy formulation & implementation, SWOT analysis in order to

compete with the competition & to gain competency advantage.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: Introduction to Management

Concept, Nature and importance of Management, Functions of management, Evolution of

Management thought, Fayol‟s principles of Management, Theories of Motivation, Decision

making process.

UNIT-II: Marketing Management

Concept, Functions of marketing, Marketing Mix, Marketing strategies based on Product life

cycle, Channels of distribution.

UNIT-III: Human Resource Management (HRM)

Concepts of HRM, Personal Management and Industrial Relations, Basic functions of HR

Manager-Man power planning, Recruitment , Selection, Placement, Training, Development,

Compensation and Performance Appraisal.

UNIT-IV: Production Management

Production planning &control(PPC), Objectives, Functions, Stages of PPC, Plant location(Site

Selection).

Financial Management

Types of capital- Fixed and Working Capital, Methods of Raising finance. Long-term, Medium-

term and Short-term financial sources.

33

UNIT-V:Strategic Management

Vision, Mission, Goals, objectives, policy, strategy, Elements of corporate planning process,

Environmental scanning, SWOT analysis Steps in strategy formulation and implementation of

Generic strategy alternatives

Text Books:

1. Dr. Arya Sri – Management Science, TMH 2011

Reference Books:

1. Marketing Management- PHILIP KOTLER.

2. HRM & IR- P.SUBBA RAO

3. Business Policy & Strategic Management- FRANCIS CHERUNILAM

4. Financial Management - I.M.Pandey.

34

Code: B17 EC 2207

ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS LAB WITH SIMULATION

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

This laboratory course enables students to get practical experience in design, assembly and

evaluation of analog electronic circuits. They will use Multisim to test their electronic designs.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to:

1. Acquire a basic knowledge on simple applications of operational amplifier.

2. Observe the amplitude and frequency responses of negative feedback amplifier and two stage

RC coupled amplifier.

3. Design and test sinusoidal oscillators.

4. Design and test a power amplifier.

5. Design, construct and take measurement of the analog electronic circuits to compare

experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis.

6. Use Multisim to test their electronic design.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Design of LC Oscillators (Hartley Oscillator,Colpitts Oscillator)

2. Design of RC Oscillators (Wien Bridge Oscillator,RC phase Shift Oscillator)

3. Design of Basic Applications of Operational Amplifier.

4. Frequency response of Two Stage RC Coupled Amplifier.

5. Frequency response ofCurrent Series Feedback Amplifier(with and without feedback)

6. Measurement of resonant frequency, bandwidth and quality factor of single Tuned Voltage

Amplifier.

7. Calculation of Collector Circuit efficiency of Class B Push Pull Power Amplifier.

8. Applications of Operational Amplifiers.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

(Simulation) 9. Design of LC Oscillators (Hartley Oscillator,Colpitts Oscillator)

10. Design of RC Oscillators (Wien Bridge Oscillator,RC phase Shift Oscillator)

11. Design of Basic Applications of Operational Amplifier.

12. Frequency response of Two Stage RC Coupled Amplifier.

13. Frequency response ofCurrent Series Feedback Amplifier(with and without feedback)

14. Measurement of resonant frequency, bandwidth and quality factor of single Tuned Voltage

Amplifier.

15. Calculation of Collector Circuit efficiency of Class B Push Pull Power Amplifier.

16. Applications of Operational Amplifiers.

Reference Book :

1. Integrated Electronics- Millman and Halkias.

35

Code: B17 EC 2208

ANALOG COMMUNICATION LABORATORY

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives

1. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with a practical perspective of various

Analog communication modules.

2. This course also helps the student to implement various analog modulation and demodulation

schemes using discrete components.

3. To be familiar with the design of various parameters of LPF , BPF and HPF .

4. To design IF and RF amplifiers and plot their frequency response.

5. To be familiar with different types of experiments like pre-emphasis, de-emphasis and DSB-

SC waveform generators.

Course Out Comes 1. Design and implement modulation and demodulation circuits for amplitude modulation

technique.

2. Design and implement modulation and demodulation circuits for frequency modulation

technique.

3. Design second order passive and active filters for various frequency bands.

4. Construct the circuit and study the characteristics of different transmitter and receiver circuits

such as Harmonic generator, RF Amplifier, IF Amplifier, pre-emphasis and de-emphasis.

SYLLABUS

Generation of AM Signal and measurement of Modulation Index.

Diode Detector for AM Signals.

Generation of FM Signal.

FM Detector.

Receiver Measurements/RF Amplifier

Balanced Modulator.

Passive/Active Filters (LPF, HPF, BPF).

Attenuator/Equalizer/ Twin-T-Network.

Frequency Multiplier/Limiter.

SSB Generation and Detection.

Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis.

IF Amplifier.

Reference :

1. Principles of Communication Systems, H. Taub and D. L. Schilling, McGraw Hill, 1971.

36

Code: B17 BS 2205

PROGRAMMING SKILLS-II

(JAVA) (Common to ECE & EEE)

Lab : 2 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :1

Course Objectives:

1. To know basic principles of Object Oriented Programming in the context of java

programming language.

2. To study different types of arrays to design programs.

3. To study and apply different types of java concepts like multithreading ,packages ,exception

handling ,interfaces and design programs using these concepts.

4. To study and apply various features of AWT components.

5. To know the basic concepts of networking in the context of java programming.

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to define different procedural and object oriented concepts and will be able to

differentiate between them.

2. Ability to define, understand and differentiate different types of arrays and apply them.

3. Ability to recognize various concepts of java and develops the programs using them.

4. Ability to identify and differentiate the various features of AWT components to construct

container based programs.

5. Ability to describe and explain the concept of networking.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:

Overview, Environment Set Up, Basic Syntax, Identifiers, Reserved words, Data Types, Literals,

Basic Operators

UNIT-II:

Control Statements in Java: if...else statement, for, while, do-while, for-each, Nested for loops,

switch, break, continue, return, Objects & Classes, Access Specifiers, Input & Output, Arrays,

Strings

UNIT-III:

Methods, Relationship between objects, Object-Oriented Programming: Encapsulation,

Abstraction, Inheritance, Polymorphism, Interfaces, Type Casting, Packages

37

UNIT-IV:

Exception Handling: try, catch, final, finally, throw, throws, Built-in, User-defined Exceptions,

Files: Read, Write and Append operations using text streams & byte streams

UNIT-V:

Collection Framework, Generics

UNIT-VI:

Threads: life cycle, single tasking, multi tasking, Deadlocks, Thread Priorities, Daemon Threads,

Serialization

References:

1. JAVA Complete Reference by Herbert Schildt

2. Core JAVA An Integrated Approach by Dr. R. Nageswara Rao.

3. http://spoken-tutorial.org/

38

Code: B17BS2204

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & HUMAN VALUES (Common to CSE, ECE & IT)

Lecture :2 Periods Int. Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

Course Objectives:

1. To inculcate Ethics and Human Values into the young minds.

2. To develop moral responsibility and mould them as best professionals.

3. To create ethical vision and achieve harmony in life.

Course outcomes:

By the end of the course student should be able to understand the importance of ethics and values

in life and society.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Ethics and Human Values: Ethics and Values, Ethical Vision, Ethical Decisions, Human

Values – Classification of Values, Universality of Values.

UNIT – II

Engineering Ethics: Nature of Engineering Ethics, Profession and Professionalism, Professional

Ethics , Code of Ethics, Sample Codes – IEEE, ASCE, ASME and CSI.

UNIT – III

Engineering as Social Experimentation:

Engineering as social experimentation, Engineering Professionals – life skills, Engineers as

Managers, Consultants and Leaders Role of engineers in promoting ethical climate, balanced

outlook on law.

UNIT – IV

Safety Social Responsibility and Rights:

Safety and Risk, moral responsibility of engineers for safety, case studies – Bhopal gas tragedy,

Chernobyl disaster, Fukushima Nuclear disaster, Professional rights, Gender discrimination,

Sexual harassment at work place.

UNIT – V

Global Issues:

Globalization and MNCs, Environmental Ethics, Computer Ethics, Cyber Crimes, Ethical living,

concept of Harmony in life.

39

Text Books:

1. Govindharajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthil Kumar, V.S., Engineering Ethics, Prentice Hall

of India, (PHI) Delhi, 2004.

2. Subramainam, R., Professional Ethics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.

Reference Books:

1. Charles D, Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson / PHI, New Jersey 2004 (Indian

Reprint)

40

Code: B17 BS 2206

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-II

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

To equip the students with the components of the language required and help them gain adequate

knowledge so as to become employable and competent.

Course Objectives:

Students will be able to

1. Enhance their Interpretative skills

2. Understand how to prepare a text.

3. Comprehend various types of writing discourses and respond.

4. Produce effectively different write-ups related to various business contexts.

5. Strengthen their emotional make-up.

6. Perceive various writing discourses.

Course Outcomes:

The students will

1. Develop the skills of taking and making notes

2. Interpret the pictures appropriately and effectively.

3. Read, comprehend and infer a given piece of writing effectively.

4. Learn and practice the skills of Research writing.

5. Communicate well through various forms of writing.

6. Be confident in giving presentations and dealing with people.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:SPEAKING

Analyzing proverbs

Enactment of One-act play

UNIT-2:READING

Reading Comprehension

Summarizing Newspaper Article

UNIT-3:WRITING

Note Taking &Note Making

Precis Writing

Essay Writing

Letter Writing

Picture Description

Literary Appreciation– Learning the Language of Literature

41

UNIT-4:VOCABULARY

Indian-origin English Words

Phrasal Verbs for Day-to-Day Communication

Commonly used Idiomatic Expressions

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Research Writing

Reference Books:

1. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

2. Effective Technical Communication by M.AshrafRizwi. Tata Mcgraw Hill

3. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

4. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

5. Six Weeks to Words of Power by Wilfred Funk. W.R.Goyal Publishers

6. English for Engineers and Scientists by Sangeeta Sharma and Binod Mishra, PHI Learning

1

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018Admitted Batch onwards)

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

I-SEMESTER

Code

No. Name of the Subject Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutori

al

Hrs

Lab

Hrs

Contact

Hrs/

Week

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 BS

2101 Mathematics - IV 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EC

2101 Electronics Devices &

Circuits 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EE

2101 Network Analysis and

Synthesis 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EE

2102 Electro Magnetic Field

Theory 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EE

2103 Electrical

Measurements &

Instruments

3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 BS

2104 Engineering

Economics 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 EE

2105 Networks &

Measurements Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 EC

2105 Electronics Devices

&Circuits Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 BS

2106 Programming Skills-I 1 -- -- 2 2 50 --- 50

B17 BS

2107 English Proficiency-I -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

B17BS

2108

Professional Ethics &

Human Values -- 2 -- -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 21 7 8 36 330 520 850

ESTD: 1980

SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) (Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)

Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade

Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: W.G.Dt., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

2

Code: B17BS2101

MATHEMATICS IV

(Common to CE,ECE,EEE& ME)

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Students should learn

1. The concept of Analytic function, its implications and applications in flow problems.

2. Solution of one- dimensional wave equation, one-dimensional heat equation and two-

dimensional Laplace equation by the use of „separation of variables‟.

3. Formation and solution of linear difference equations. Important concepts of Z-transform and

its use to solve linear difference equations.

4. Basic concepts of certain discrete and continuous probability distributions.

5. Concepts of Sampling theory for analyzing large and small samples.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be capable of

1. Using the concept of Analytic function in applications including Electrostatics and Fluid

dynamics.

2. Finding theoretical solution of certain Elliptic, Parabolic and Hyperbolic partial differential

equations.

3. Using Z-transforms to solve linear difference equations with constant coefficients.

4. Fitting of probability frequency distribution to a given data.

5. Using the concepts of sampling theory to analyze data related to some large and small

samples.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Functions of a Complex Variable

Review- Cartesian form and polar form of a complex variable, Real and imaginary parts of zn ,

ez, sin z, sinh z and log z ( no questions may be set).

Limit and continuity of a function of the complex variable, derivative, analytic function, entire

function, Cauchy- Riemann equations, finding an analytic function, Milne-Thomson method,

Applications of analytic function to flow problems, and in Electrostatics. Conformal mapping:

the transformations defined by w = z+c, w = cz, w = 1/z, the Bilinear transformation, w = z2 and

w=ez.

UNIT-II Applications of Partial Differential Equations

Method of separation of variables, One –dimensional wave equation, the D‟Alembert‟s solution,

one-dimensional heat equation, two-dimensional heat flow in steady state (solution of two-

dimensional Laplace equation in Cartesian coordinates only)

UNIT-III Difference Equations And Z-Transforms

Formation of a difference equation, Rules for finding complimentary function and particular

integral for linear difference equations.

Definition of Z- transform, some standard Z- transforms, properties, transform of a function

multiplied by n, initial value theorem and final value theorem(without proof), evaluation of

inverse Z- transforms, convolution theorem (without proof), solution of linear difference

equations by the use of Z- transforms.

3

UNIT-IV Probability Distributions

Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Normal distribution: Definition (pmf/pdf), notation,

mean, variance, moment generating function, probability generating function and fitting of a

distribution.

UNIT-V Sampling Theory

Sampling theory: Sampling distribution, standard error, testing of Hypothesis, level of

significance, confidence limits, simple sampling of attributes, sampling of variables, estimation

of mean and variance.

Large samples: testing of hypothesis for sample proportion, two proportions, single mean and

two means.

Small samples: Degrees of freedom, Students‟ t- distribution, t-test for single mean, two means;

Chi-squared distribution-testing the goodness of a fit.

Text Book:

1. Scope and Treatment as in “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, by Dr.B.S.Grewal, 43rd

Edition, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley.

2. A text book of Engineering Mathematics, by N.P.Bali and Dr. Manish Goyal, Lakshmi

Publications.

3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by H.K.Dass, S.Chand Company.

4. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by B.V.Ramana, Tata Mc Graw Hill Company.

5. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by Dr. M.K.Venkatraman, The National

PublishingCompany.

4

Code: B17 EC 2101

ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

(Common to ECE & EEE)

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course objectives:

1. To give exposure to the students about intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, semiconductor

diodes, special purpose diodes like Zener diode, Photo diode, LED, Schottky barrier diode,

PIN diode, varactor diode and tunnel diode etc.

2. To give exposure to the students about rectifier circuits using diodes.

3. To give exposure to the students on basics of BJT, JFET and MOSFET and biasing of BJT

and FETs.

4. To give exposure to the students on the analysis of transistor at low and high frequencies.

Course outcomes:

After completion of the course the students will be able to

1. Understand the physical structure, principles of operation, electrical characteristics and

circuit models of diodes, BJT‟s and FET‟s.

2. Use the concepts of semiconductor physics and electronic devices to design and fabricate

simple electronic circuits.

3. Use this knowledge to analyze and design amplifier circuits and oscillator circuits to be

used in various applications.

4. Extend the understanding of how electronic circuits and their functions fit into larger

electronic systems.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: Transport Phenomena in Semi Conductors

Mobility and conductivity, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, mass action law, charge

densities in a semiconductors, Hall Effect, generation and recombination of charges, drift and

diffusion currents, the continuity equation, injected minority carrier charge, potential variation in

graded semiconductors.

UNIT- II: PN junction diode and Diode Rectifiers Open circuited PN junction , PN junction as a rectifier, current components in a PN diode, V-I

characteristics and its temperature dependence, transition capacitance, charge control description

of a diode, diffusion capacitance, junction diode switching times, Zener diode, Tunnel Diode,

Photo diode,Varactor diode, LED,Half wave, Full wave and Bridge Rectifiers with and without

filters, Ripple factor and regulation characteristics

5

UNIT – III: Bipolar junction transistors

Introduction to BJT, operation of a transistor and transistor biasing for different operating

conditions, transistor current components, transistor amplification factors: α,β,γ relation between

α and β,γ early effect or base-width modulation, common base configuration and its input and

output characteristics, common emitter configuration and its input and output characteristics,

common collector configuration and its input and output characteristics, Comparison of CE, CB

and CC Configurations, Break- down in transistors, Photo Transistor.

Transistor Biasing Circuits: The operating point, Bias stability, different types of biasing

techniques, stabilization against variation in Ico , VBE, & β. Bias compensation, thermal runaway,

thermal stability.

UNIT – IV: Field Effect transistors

JFET and its characteristics, pinch off voltage, FET small signal model, MOSFET and its

characteristics, Biasing of FETs.

UNIT – V: Transistors at low and High frequencies

Transistor hybrid model, H-parameters, Analysis of transistor amplifier circuits using h-

parameters, comparison of transistor amplifier configurations, analysis of single stage amplifier,

effects of bypass and coupling capacitors, frequency response of CE amplifier, Emitter follower,

High frequency model of transistor.

Text books:

1. Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital Circuits and Systems: Jacob Millman, C Halkias,

Chetan D Parikh. McGraw – Hill.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits: N Salivahanan and Suresh Kumar, Third edition, TMH.

Reference Books:

1. Electronic Devices and Circuits Theory, Boylsted, 10th

Edition,Pearson

2. Electronic Principles : Albert Paul Malvino, McGraw-Hill.

6

Code: B17EE2101

NETWORK ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To learn various theorems and techniques in electric circuit analysis and to know their

significance and applications.

2. To learn the concept of transient analysis of the electric circuit.

3. To learn the concept of Laplace transform and its application to circuit analysis.

4. To learn the concept of two-port network analysis and find models using different parameter

sets.

5. To learn the concept of Network functions and the synthesis procedure for RC, LC, RL &

RLC networks.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will learn the theorems for Analyzing complex networks.

2. Students will outline the significance of energy storing elements (Inductance &Capacitance)

in circuits and study transient behavior of responses.

3. Students will learn to apply Laplace transform technique for circuit analysis and know its

advantages.

4. Students will learn to apply two-port network analysis for devices like amplifiers,

transmission lines.

5. Students will learn to apply the concept of positive real functions and the synthesis procedure

for RC, LC, RL & RLC networks.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:Network theorems Linearity and Superposition theorem, Thevenin‟s theorem, Norton‟s theorem,Maximum Power Transfer theorem,Reciprocity theorem, Millman‟stheorem,Tellegen‟s theorem and Compensation theorem.

UNIT-II DC Transients Inductor, Capacitor, Source free RL, RC and RLC Response, Evaluation of Initial conditions, application of Unit-step Function to RL, RC and RLC Circuits(Differential equations), Concepts of Natural, Forced and Complete Response.

UNIT-III Laplace Transform Techniques

Transforms of Typical Signals, Response of Simple Circuits to Unit – Step, Ramp and Impulse

Functions, Initial and Final Value Theorem, Convolution Integral, Time Shift and Periodic

Functions, Transfer Function

UNIT-IV Two Port Networks Two port network parameters – Z, Y, ABCD and Hybrid parameters and Interrelationship between different parameters.

7

UNIT-V Network Functions & Synthesis

Network Functions ,Concept of Poles and Zeroes, Restriction of Poles and Zeroes forDriving point

and transfer function, Hurwitz Polynomial. Positive real function - basic synthesis procedure - Foster and Cauer forms ofLC, RC and RL networks.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Circuit Analysis, William H.Hayt Jr. and Jack E. Kemmerley, 5th Edition,

McGraw Hill International Edition.

2. Introduction to Modern Network Synthesis ,Van Valkenburg; John Wiley

Reference Books:

1. Network analysis,M.E. Van Valkunberg, 3rd Ed., phi/Eee pub.

2. Network Analysis &Synthesis ,F.F.Kuo; John Wiley & Sons Inc.

3. Circuit Theory Analysis and Synthesis., Edition 2014 Abhijit Chakrabarthi,DhanpatRai&Co.

4. Network Analysis, 3rd Ed, A SudhakarShyammohan.SPalli Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt

Ltd.

8

Code: B17EE2102

ELECTRO MAGNETIC FIELD THEORY

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. All the electric equipment is developed by using the magnetic material, conductors and

insulators. It is very much essential to know the behaviour of these materials in the presence

of electric and magnetic fields.

2. The main objective of this course is to provide the basic concepts about the effects of electric

and magnetic fields on conductors, magnetic materials, and insulators under various

operating conditions.

Course Outcomes:

Students are able to

1. Find the electrostatic and magneto static fields for different configurations.

2. Apply various principles and laws to estimate the effect of electric and magnetic fields.

3. Distinguish between the effects of electrostatic and magneto static fields.

4. Apply Maxwell's equations for static and time varying fields.

5. Analyze the EM wave in different domains and compute average power density

SYLLABUS

UNIT I

Coordinate systems:

Rectangular, cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems.

Electrostatics:

Coulomb‟s law and superposition principle, different types of charge configurations, electric

flux, electric field intensity and electric flux density, electric field intensity and electric flux

density due to different charge configurations, Gauss‟s law in integral form and point form in

terms of D, applications of Gauss' law, Divergence theorem.

UNIT II

Electric potential, calculation of electric potential for giving charge configuration, electrostatic

energy, Electrostatic boundary conditions, basic properties of conductors in electrostatic fields,

capacitance, Poisons and Laplace‟s equations, solutions of Laplace‟s equations, uniqueness

theorems, methods of images, electric dipoles, polarization of dielectrics, bound charges.

UNIT III

Magneto statics: Biot-savart‟s law, determination of magnetic field intensity and magnetic flux density due to

various steady current configurations, continuity equation, curl of H , Ampere‟s circuital law in

integral and differential form, applications of Ampere‟s law, Stokes theorem.

9

UNIT IV

The scalar and vector magnetic potential and calculation of magnetic field through the vector

magnetic potential for given steady current configurations, magnetostatic boundary conditions.

The magnetic dipole, magnetization,properties of magnetic materials, torques and forces on

magnetic dipoles, bound current, Faraday‟s laws, Lenz‟s law, inductance and energy in magnetic

fields.

UNIT V

Time varying fields and Maxwell’s equations:

Lorentz force equation, Maxwell‟s equations, modification of ampere‟s circuital law for time

varying fields – displacement current and current density, the uniform plane wave, plane wave

propagation, phase velocity and wavelength, intrinsic impedance, attenuation, phase and

propagation constants, skin depth, the poynting vector, poynting theorem and power

considerations.

Textbooks:

1. Introduction to electro dynamics by D.J. Grifiths,PHI Learning; 3rd Edition (2012).

2. Engineering electromagnetics by William H. Hayt , John A. Buck McGraw-Hill Publishing

Co. (2001).

Reference books:

1. Principles of Electromagnetics by Mathew N.O. Sadiku, Oxford; Fourth edition.(2009).

10

Code: B17EE2103

ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course objectives

1. The students learn about measuring instruments to measure electrical quantities like current,

voltage etc.

2. This course familiarizes with Wattmeter‟s, Energy meters, power factor meters, frequency

meters etc.

3. The students learn to measure resistance, inductance, capacitance, etc. using bridges.

4. The course familiarizes ballistic galvanometer, flux meter, testing of ring and bar specimens

for magnetic measurements.

5. Students learn about AC & DC potentiometers, phase & amplitude measurements, use of a

CRO, instrument transformers.

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:

1. Illustrate the characteristics of measuring instruments (K3)

2. Discriminate measuring instruments based on their principle & operation ( K4)

3. Calculate power and energy in 1 , 3 & polyphase circuits (K3)

4. Measure electrical parameters using a bridge (K3)

5. Find magnetic measurements using Ballistic Galvanometers and Flux meters. (K4)

6. Apply potentiometers & instrument transformers to measure electrical elements, calibration

of the meters.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:Philosophy of measurement

Methods of measurement, measurement system, classification of instrument system,

characteristics of instruments & measurement system, errors in measurement & its analysis,

standards.

UNIT-II:Analog measurement of electrical quantities Moving coil, moving iron, Electrodynamometer type, electrostatic and induction type

instruments, electrodynamic wattmeter, three phase wattmeter, power in three phase system,

errors & remedies in wattmeter and energy meter. Extension of instrument range, introduction to

measurement of frequency and power factor.

UNIT-III:Measurement of parameters Different methods of measuring low, medium and high resistances, measurement of inductance

& capacitance with the help of AC bridges. DC potentiometers and its applications. AC

potentiometer - types & applications.

11

UNIT-IV: Magnetic measurement Ballistic galvanometer, flux meter, determination of B-H curve and hysteresis loop, measurement

of iron losses, current transformers and potential transformers,application of CRO in

measurement of B-H curve.

UNIT-V:Digital measurement of electrical quantities Digital Instruments, Concept of digital measurement,Analog to digital & Digital to analog

conversion, advantages of digital Instruments, digital display units, Resolution in digital meters,

sensitivity& Accuracy of digital meters.

Text Books:

1. E.W. Golding & F.C. Widdis, “Electrical Measurement &Measuring Instrument”, Reem

Publications Pvt. Ltd.; Third edition (2011).

2. A.K. Sawhney, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrument”, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P)

Limited; 2014 edition (2015) 3. W.D. Cooper,” Electronic Instrument & Measurement Technique “ Prentice Hall

International.

Reference Books:

1. Forest K. Harries,“ElectricalMeasurement”,Willey Eastern Pvt. Ltd. India .

2. M.B. Stout,“Basic Electrical Measurement” Prentice Hall of India.

3. RajendraPrashad ,“Electrical Measurement &Measuring Instrument” Khanna Publisher.

4. J.B. Gupta, “Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments”, S.K. Kataria& Sons,

2012 Edition.

12

Code: B17BS2104

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objective:

To create awareness on application of economic & accounting concepts in the organization for

engineering students. In this regard, they will go through demand analysis, cost concepts, pricing

practices, macro- economic concepts & fundamentals of accounting.

Course Outcomes:

1. Provide detailed insight about origin & definitions of economics & enlighten the students

about demand analysis.

2. Illustration about applications of cost Concepts & analysis of breakeven point.

3. Understand about various types of Market Structure and Pricing practices implemented by

the organization.

4. Infuse knowledge about different Economic systems & Business cycles.

5. Enlighten the students regarding the aspects of Depreciation & Financial Accounting.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Economics: Wealth, Welfare and Scarce Definitions of Economics; Micro &

Macro Economics.

Demand Analysis: Demand Determinants, Law of Demand and its exceptions. Elasticity of

demand – Meaning, types, Significance of Elasticity of Demand, Measurement of price

Elasticity of Demand. Need for Demand forecasting, forecasting techniques.

UNIT-II

Cost Analysis: Classification of cost, Elements of cost, Methods of costing (Job costing, Process

costing & Unit costing).

Break-Even Analysis(BEA): Determination of Break-Even Point, Assumptions and

Applications.

UNIT-III

Market Structures: Features and price determination under Perfect competition, Monopoly,

Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly.

Pricing practices: Price - meaning, methods of pricing.

UNIT-IV

Economic Systems: Features and Evaluation of Capitalism, Socialism and Mixed Economy.

Business cycles: Meaning, Phases , Causes & theories of Business Cycle.

13

UNIT-V

Depreciation and Financial Accounting: Depreciation-causes and methods (straight line

method, diminishing balance method).

Final Accounts: Preparation of Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account and Balance sheet.

Text Books:

1. Managerial Economics & Financial Analysis-by Dr.A.R.AryaSri,TMH 2011.

2. Engineering Economics-by Tarachand,Nem Chand &Bros.Roorke.

Reference Books:

1. Modern Economics - by K. K. Dewett,S.Chand&Co,New Delhi.

2. Principles of Economics-Vrinda Publications(P)Ltd.New Delhi.

14

Code: B17EE2105

NETWORKS & MEASUREMENTS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To learn to make simple electric circuits by using different sources, loads and components

and verify basic laws.

2. To experimentally verify various theorems of circuit analysis.

3. To learn to find circuit models for two-terminal devices and two-port networks.

4. To explore the sinusoidal steady state behavior and resonance phenomenon in electric

circuits.

5. To measure different electrical parameters by using different meters.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will gain the skill to make and experiment with practical electric circuits.

2. Students will be able to measure voltage, current, power in practical electric circuits.

3. Students will know the significance of various theorems and their applications.

4. Students will be able to assess the behavior of electric circuits.

5. Students will be able to calibrate single phase energy meter, voltmeter & wattmeter

6. Students will be able to measure resistance, inductance & capacitance.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1.Verification of Ohms Law and resistance of a filament Lamp

2.Verification of superposition theorem

3.Verification of Thevinen‟s theorem

4.Verification of Norton‟s theorem

5. Verification of maximum power transfer theorem

6.Series resonance

7. Calculation two port network parameters

8.Calibration of wattmeter

9.Calibration of energy meter

10.Three voltmeter method

11.Measurement of 3 phase power using two wattmeter method

12.Parameters of choke coil.

13.Measurement of three phase power by using 2 C.T‟s and Single Wattmeter

14.Crompton‟s DC potentiometer

15.Kelvin‟s double bridge

16.Schering bridge

Reference Books:

1. A.K. Sawhney, “Electrical & Electronic Measurement & Instrument”, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P)

Limited; 2014 edition (2015). 2. Engineering circuit analysis by W.H. Hayt Jr & J.E. Kemmerly, McGraw Hill Education;

Eighth edition (4 August 2013).

15

Code: B17 EC 2105

ELECTRONICS DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB

(Common to ECE & EEE)

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course objectives:

1. To familiarize the students with various passive and active components like resistors,

capacitors, inductors ,semiconductor diodes, Zener diodes, LEDs, BJTS, JFETs and UJTs.

2. To familiarize the students with operation of CROs , function generators and bread boards.

3. To observe and analyze the characteristics of devices like diodes, BJTs & FETs.

4. To analyze the behavior of BJT and JFET amplifiers.

Course outcomes:

At the end of the semester students should be able to

1. Design and fabricate simple circuits like diode rectifiers with filters for providing dc voltages

in electronic circuits.

2. Design and fabricate amplifiers with required gain for use in various communication

applications.

3. Design and fabricate simple electronic circuits for everyday applications like traffic control

lights using relays, automatic counters using LDRs and Burglar alarms.

ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE

1. Identification ,Specifications and testing Of R,L,C components, colour codes,

potentiometers, coils and bread boards

2. Identification ,Specifications and testing of devices like diodes, BJTs, JFETs, SCR and UJT.

3. Soldering of Simple Circuits using Active &Passive Components.

4. Study and operation of Transformers, Ammeters(Analog & Digital),Voltmeters( Analog

&Digital) , Analog and Digital Multimeters and Function Generators, Regulated Power

Supply, Decade Resistance, Inductance &Capacitance Boxes And CRO.

LIST OF HARDWARE EXPERIMENTS:

1. V-I Characteristics Of Semiconductor Diode (Ge& Si), LED and Zener Diode

2. Half Wave And Full Wave Rectifier With And Without Filter

3. Characteristics Of BJT In CE Configuration

4. JFET Characteristics

5. Transistor Biasing Circuits And Transistor As Switch

6. CE Amplifier

7. JFET Common Source Amplifier

16

LIST OF SIMULATION EXPERIMENTS

1. Simulation of V-I Characteristics Of Semiconductor Diode, LED and Zener Diode

2. Simulation of Regulation Characteristics Of ZENER Diode

3. Simulation of CC Amplifier

4. Simulation of JFET Characteristics

5. Simulation of BJT Characteristics In CB Configuration

6. Simulation of JFET Amplifier

7. Simulation of UJT Characteristics

NOTE: (Minimum of Twelve Experiments Should Be Conducted)

Reference Books:

1. Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital Circuits and Systems: Jacob Millman, C Halkias,

Chetan D Parikh. McGraw – Hill.

17

Code: B17 BS 2106

PROGRAMMING SKILLS-I

(PYTHON) (Common to ECE & EEE)

Lab : 2 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

Course Objectives:

1. To know basic principles of Object Oriented Programming in the context of python

programming language.

2. To study different data types of python, to design a programs.

3. To study and apply different types of concepts like Inheritance, Exception Handling, Turtle

and design programs using these concepts.

4. To study different built in modules like sys, os , math & SQLite

5. To study server side scripting in python like CGI scripts

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to apply object oriented concepts in programming.

2. Ability to define, understand and differentiate different types of data types and apply them.

3. Ability to recognize various concepts of python and develops the programs using them and

also develop web based application.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:

Overview, Environment Set Up, Basic Syntax, Identifiers, Reserved Words, Lines and Indentation,

Multi-Line Statements, Quotation, Comments, Multiple Statements on a Single Line Variable Types, Standard

Data Types, Numbers (math, random, fraction) , Strings, Lists, Tuples , Dictionaries

UNIT-II:

Operators, Arithmetic Operators, Comparison (Relational) Operators, Assignment Operators,

Logical Operators, Bitwise Operators, Membership Operators, Identity Operators, Decision

Making :if, if-else, nested if , Loops: for, while, nested loops

UNIT-III:

Functions, Function Arguments: Required arguments, Keyword arguments, Default arguments,

Variable-length arguments, The Anonymous Functions: lambda, Scope of Variables, Modules, sys, os ,

Date & Time

18

UNIT-IV:

Files & its operations, Exceptions, Standard Exceptions, Assertions, The try-finally Clause,

Raising an Exception, User-Defined Exceptions, Classes and objects , OOPS, Data member ,

Function overloading, Instance variable, Inheritance, Instance, Instantiation, Operator

overloading

UNIT-V:

HTML,CSS Basics, Data Base(SQLite), Database Connection, CRUD Application , CGI Architecture, Web

Server Support and Configuration, GET and POST Methods, CGI Scripts.

UNIT-VI:

Project

References:

1. Dive Into Python 3

2. Think Python

3. Halterman python book

4. Dr. Andrew N. Harrington Computer Science Department, Loyola University Chicago©

Released under the Creative commons Attribution-Noncommercial-Share Alike 3.0

United States License http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/us/

5. https://www.python.org/

6. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/python3/

7. https://www.w3schools.com/

19

Code: B17 BS 2107

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-I

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

Enriching the communicative competency of the students by adopting the activity-based as well

as the class-oriented instruction with a view to facilitate and enable them to enhance their

language proficiency skills.

Course Objectives:

The Students will be able to

1. Communicate their ideas and views effectively.

2. Practice language skills and improve their language competency.

3. Know and perform well in real life contexts.

4. Identify and examine their self attributes which require improvement and motivation.

5. Build confidence and overcome their inhibitions, stage freight, nervousness, etc.

6. Improve their innovative practices in speaking.

Course Outcomes:

The Students will

1. Improve speaking skills.

2. Enhance their listening capabilities.

3. Learn and practice the skills of composition writing.

4. Enhance their reading and understanding of different texts.

5. Improve their inter-personal communication skills.

6. Be confident in presentation skills.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:LISTENING

Selected Motivational Speeches

Selected Moral Stories

UNIT-2:SPEAKING

Book Review

Skit Presentation

PowerPoint Presentations

Describing event/place/thing

Extempore

Group Discussion

Picture Perception and Describing Test

20

UNIT-3:READING

Speeded Reading

Reading Comprehension

UNIT-4:WRITING

Paragraph Writing

Literary Appreciation – Understanding the Language of Literature

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Ad Making

References:

1. Classic Short Stories-A Reader‟s Digest Selection

2. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

3. The World‟s Great Speeches- edited by B.S. Sekhar, Jeet Publications

4. Fundamentals of Technical Communication by Meenakshiraman, Sangeta Sharma of OUP

5. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science and Engineering, by S.P.

Dhanavel, Orient Blackswan Ltd. 2009

6. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

7. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

21

Code: B17 BS 2108

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & HUMAN VALUES

(Common to CIVIL,EEE & MECH)

Lecture : 2 Periods. Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

Course Objectives:

1. To inculcate Ethics and Human Values into the young minds.

2. To develop moral responsibility and mould them as best professionals.

3. To create ethical vision and achieve harmony in life.

Course outcomes:

By the end of the course student should be able to understand the importance ofethics and values

in life and society.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Ethics and Human Values: Ethics and Values, Ethical Vision, Ethical Decisions, Human

Values – Classification of Values, Universality of Values.

UNIT – II

Engineering Ethics: Nature of Engineering Ethics, Profession and Professionalism, Professional

Ethics

Code of Ethics, Sample Codes – IEEE, ASCE, ASME and CSI.

UNIT – III

Engineering as Social Experimentation:

Engineering as social experimentation, Engineering Professionals – life skills, Engineers as

Managers, Consultants and Leaders Role of engineers in promoting ethical climate, balanced

outlook on law.

UNIT – IV

Safety Social Responsibility and Rights:

Safety and Risk, moral responsibility of engineers for safety, case studies – Bhopal gas tragedy,

Chernobyl disaster, Fukushima Nuclear disaster, Professional rights, Gender discrimination,

Sexual harassment at work place.

UNIT – V

Global Issues:

Globalization and MNCs, Environmental Ethics, Computer Ethics, Cyber Crimes, Ethical living,

concept of Harmony in life.

22

Text Books:

1. Govindharajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthil Kumar, V.S., Engineering Ethics, Prentice Hall

of India, (PHI) Delhi, 2004.

2. Subramainam, R., Professional Ethics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.

References:

1. Charles D, Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson / PHI, New Jersey 2004 (Indian

Reprint).

23

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018Admitted Batch onwards)

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

II-SEMESTER

Code

No. Name of the Subject Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutori

al

Hrs

Lab

Hrs

Contact

Hrs/

Week

Internal

Marks

External

Marks

Total

Marks

B17EE

2201 Electrical Machines-I 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17EE

2202 Signals & Systems 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17EC

2205 Electronic Circuit

Analysis 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17ME

2206 Prime movers &

Pumps 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17EC

2206 Linear Integrated and

Pulse Circuits 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17BS

2201 Management Science

3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17ME

2210 Thermal Prime

Movers Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17EC

2209 Linear Integrated

Circuits & Pulse

Digital Circuits Lab

with Simulation

2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17BS

2205 Programming Skills-II 1 -- -- 2 2 50 --- 50

B17BS

2206 English Proficiency-II -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 19 7 8 34 330 520 850

24

Code: B17EE2201

ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

The course will enable the students to understand

1. Electro-mechanical energy conversions in D.C. machines and energy transfer in transformers

2. Principle of operation of DC machines and transformers

3. Speed control methods of DC motors and parallel operation, testing of DC machines and

transformers.

4. Different types of three phase transformer connections.

Course Outcomes:

Students are able to

1. Identify the concepts of electro mechanical energy conversion. [K2]

2. Describe the concepts of construction, operating principle, different types of DC machines and

transformers, effects on DC machine and parallel operation of DC generators. [K2]

3. Interpret the characteristics of DC machines. [K3]

4. Discriminate different types of speed control methods of DC motors. [K4]

5. Examine the performance of DC machines and transformers by different testing methods. [K4]

6. Discriminate different types of transformer connections [K4]

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: Electromechanical energy conversion:

Basic principles of energy, force and torque in singly and multiply excited systems.

UNIT-II: Transformers:

Principle, construction and operation of single phase transformers, phasor diagram, equivalent

circuit, voltage regulation, losses and efficiency. Testing- open & short circuit tests, Sumpner‟s

test.

Autotransformers- construction, principle, applications and comparison with two winding

transformer.

UNIT-III: Three phase transformer:

Construction, various types of connection and their comparative features. Parallel operation of

single phase and three phase transformers. Three phase transformer connections. Scott

connection, tap changing transformers- no load and on load tap changing of transformers.

Cooling methods of transformers.

25

UNIT-IV: D.C. Machines-

Working principle, construction and methods of excitation. D.C generators emf equation,

armature reaction, commutation. Compensating winding, characteristics of various types of

generators, applications. D.C. motors- torque equation, D.C. shunt, series and compound motors

– characteristics& applications.

UNIT-V: Starting &Speed control-

Starting methods and speed control of D.C. shunt and series motors testing of D.C motors -

direct and regenerative methods to test D.C. machines. Swinburne's test, field's test and

separation of losses.

Text books

1. Kothari.D.P and Nagrath.I.J., “Electrical machines”, McGraw Hill Education; 4 edition

(2010). 2. Bimbhra.P.S, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers, 2011.

3. Irving L. Kosow, “Electrical Machines & Transformers”, Prentice Hall; 2nd Revised edition

1990.

Reference Books

1. Clayton. A.E,„Performance and Design of direct current machines‟ CBS; 1ST edition

(2004).

2. Mg Say, theory, ”Performance & Design of A.C Machines”, CBS publishers.

3. Fitgerald, A.E., Charles Kingselyjr. Stephen D.Umans, “electric machinery”McGraw-Hill;

6th edition (2005). 4. Hill Stephen, Chapman.j, “Electric Machinery Fundamentals”, McGraw-Hill Higher

Education; 4 edition (2004).

26

Code:B17EE2202

SIGNALS & SYSTEMS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives

1. Coverage of continuous and discrete-time signals and systems, their properties and

representations and methods those are necessary for the analysis of continuous and discrete-

time signals and systems.

2. Knowledge of time-domain representation and analysis concepts as they relate to difference

equations, impulse response and convolution, etc.

3. Knowledge of frequency-domain representation and analysis concepts using Fourier Analysis

tools, Z-transform

4. Concepts of the sampling process.

Course Outcomes:

Upon the completion of the course, students will be able to:

1. Characterize and analyze the properties of continuous and discrete time signals and systems.

[K2]

2. Apply the convolution for continuous time signals and discrete time signals. [K3]

3. Evaluate the Fourier Series of periodic signals. [K1]

4. Determine the Fourier Transform and Z-Transform of different type‟s of signals and make

use of their Properties. [K1]

5. Convert a continuous time signal to the discrete time domain and reconstruct using the

sampling theorem. [K2]

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Classification of Signals & Systems:

Basic continuous time signals, basic discrete time signals transformations of independent

variables, classification of systems, properties of linear time – invariant systems.

UNIT II Linear Time – Invariant (LTI) Systems:

Representation of signals in terms of impulses for discrete time and continuous time signals,

convolution sum and convolution integral. systems described by differential and difference

equations. Block diagram representation of LTI systems described by differential and difference

equations, singularity functions.

Analogy between vectors and signals, orthogonal vector and signal spaces. Approximation of a

function by a set of mutually orthogonal functions.

UNIT III Fourier analysis: The response of continuous time LTI systems to complex exponentials – the continuous time and

discrete time exponential fourier series, convergence of fourier series.

27

UNIT IV Fourier Transform:

Fourier transform of continuous time and discrete time aperiodic signals and periodic signals.

properties of continuous time and discrete time fourier transforms. Frequency response

characterized by linear constant coefficient differential and difference equations. first order and

second order systems.

UNIT V: Z –transform:

Z–transform of discrete time sequence, region of convergence. relation between Z and fourier

transform, properties of z-transforms. inverse z-transform, determination of transfer function and

impulse response of an LTI system, poles and zeros and system stability.

Sampling Theorem : The effect of under-sampling, methods of reconstruction of a signal from samples, discrete time

processing of continuous time signals.

Text Books:

1. Signals and Systems, Alan V. Oppenheim, Alan S. Willsky and Ian T. Young, Prentice-Hall;

New edition (1984).

Reference Books:

1. Communication Systems, B. P. Lathi., BS PUBLICATION (2001). 2. Signals and Systems, B. P. Lathi., Oxford University Press; 2nd edition (2004).

28

Code: B17EC2205 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

The aim of this course is to

1. Understand the concept of multistage amplifiers and analyze them.

2. Learn the classification of feedback amplifiers and analyze them.

3. Compare voltage, power and tuned voltage amplifiers and analyze them.

4. Understand the principle of oscillator and analyze different types of sinusoidal oscillators.

5. Understand the concept and analyze applications of op-amp.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of the course, students will be able to:

1. Know the equivalent circuit of multistage amplifier and its analysis. [K3]

2. Identify the different feedback topologies and analyze them. [K1]

3. Explain the principle of oscillator and design different types of sinusoidal oscillators. [K3]

4. Define the difference between voltage and power amplifiers and design different classes and

know that Tuned amplifiers amplify a narrow band of frequencies and will also be able to

analyze them.[K1,K2, K3]

5. Identify that Op-amp not only amplifies but also performs different operations and analyze

some of its applications.[K1,K2]

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I: Multistage Amplifiers

Transistor at high frequencies, CE short circuit current gain and concept of Gain Bandwidth

product. BJT and FET RC coupled amplifiers at low and high frequencies. Frequency response

and calculation of Band Width of Multistage Amplifiers.

UNIT – II: Feed Back Amplifiers

Concept of Feed Back Amplifiers - Effect of Negative Feedback on the amplifier characteristics.

Four feedback topologies, Method of analysis of Voltage Series, Current Series, Voltage Shunt

and Current Shunt feedback Amplifiers.

UNIT – III: Sinusoidal Oscillators

Condition for oscillations and types of Oscillators – RC Oscillators: RC Phase Shift and Wien

bridge Oscillators. LC Oscillators: Hartley, Colpitts, Clapp, Tuned Collector and Crystal

Oscillators.

UNIT – IV: Power and Tuned Voltage Amplifiers

Classification of Power Amplifiers. Series fed, Transformer coupled class-A and class-B power

amplifiers. Push Pull Class-A, Class-B and Class-AB Power Amplifiers. Cross-over Distortion in

Pure Class-B Power Amplifier and Class-AB Power Amplifier- Trickle Bias, Derating Factor

and Heat Sinks – Complementary Push Pull Amplifier. Analysis of Single tuned, Double tuned

and Stagger Tuned Amplifiers with gain and Bandwidth Calculations.

29

UNIT – V: Operational Amplifiers

Concept of Differential Amplifier. Differential Amplifier supplied with a constant current

source. Calculation of common mode rejection ratio. Block diagram and Ideal characteristics of

an Op-Amp. Applications of Op-Amp: Inverting and Non-Inverting amplifiers, Integrator,

Differentiator, Summing, Subtracting and Logarithmic Amplifiers. Definition and Measurement

of OP-Amp Parameters.

Text Books:

1. Integrated Electronics- Millman and Halkias.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits – Mottershead.

3. Op-amps and Linear Integrated Circuits – Gayakwad.

Reference Book:

1. Electronic Devices and Circuits by Salivahanan. Tata McGraw-Hill pub.

30

Code: B17ME2206 PRIME MOVERS & PUMPS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

The objectives of the course are:

1. To make the students understand the various types of prime movers which can be connected

to generators for power production

2. To make the student learn about the constructional features, operational

details of various types of internal combustion engines through the details of several

engine systems and the basic air standard cycles, that govern the engines.

3. To train the student in the aspects of steam formation and its utilities

through the standard steam data tables and chart

4. To make the student correlate between the air standard cycles and the actual cycles that

govern the steam turbines

5. To teach the student about the fundamental of fluid dynamic equations and

its applications fluid jets

6. To impart the knowledge of various types of pumps.

Course Outcomes:

After the completion of the course, students are able to

1. Understand the concepts of hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat inclined

and curved vanes.

2. Apply the concepts of momentum equation for finding the forces acting on the vanes of the

turbines.

3. Calculate the performance of different types of internal combustion engines.

4. Apply the otto, Diesel cycles for finding the performance of S.I and C.I engines. Understand

the working principle of steam turbines and gas turbines.

5. To impart the knowledge of various types of pumps, theirconstructional features, working

and performance.

6. To impart the knowledge of various types of turbines and the performance characteristics of

hydraulic turbines

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I I.C Engines:

Classification, working principles – valve and port timing diagrams – air

standard cycles :otto, diesel -P-V and T-S diagram ,thermal efficiency– Engine systems line fuel

injection, carburetion, ignition, cooling. Engine performance evaluation.

UNIT-II Properties of Steam and use of Steam Tables:

T-S and H-S Diagrams. Analysis of Various Thermodynamic Processes under gone by Steam.

Vapor Power Cycles: Carnot Cycle-Rankine Cycle- Thermodynamic Variables Effecting

Efficiency and output of Rankine Cycle-. Analysis of simple Rankine Cycle and Re-heat

cycle.

31

UNIT- III Gas Turbines:

Simple gas turbine plant-ideal cycle, closed cycle -open cycle-. Efficiency, Work ratio and

optimum pressure ratio for simple gas turbine cycle. Actual cycle, analysis of simple cycles &

cycles with inter cooling, reheating

Steam Turbines: Classification of Steam Turbines Impulse Turbine and Reaction Turbine-

Compounding in Turbines- Velocity Diagrams for simple Impulse and Reaction Turbines- Work

done & efficiency Part-B: Hydro prime movers

UNIT-IV Impact Of Jets And Pumps:

Impulse momentum equation, Impact of Jet on stationaryand moving vanes (flat and curved).

PUMPS: Types of pumps,Centrifugal pumps: Maincomponents, Working principle, Multi stage

pumps, Performance and characteristic curve

UNIT-V: Hydraulic Turbines:

Classification of turbines; Working principle, Efficiency calculation and Design principles for

Pelton Wheel, Francis and for Kaplan turbines;Governing of turbines; Performance and

characteristic curves.

Text Books:

1. Thermal Engineering by Rajput, Lakshmi publications

2. Thermal engineering by M.L.Mathur and F.S.Mehta, Jain Brothers.

3. “Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics”, P.N. Modi and S.M. Seth, TEXT BOOKS House,Delhi

4. “Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery” A.K.Jain, , Khanna Publishers, Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. Fluid Mechanices& Hydraulic Machines- by R.K.Bansal, Laxmi Publications.

2. Thermodynamics & Heat Engines – by B.Yadav, Central Book Depot, Allahabad.

3. I C Engines – by V Ganeshan, Tata McGraw-Hill Companies.

4. “Fluid Mechanics & Its Applications”, Vijay Gupta, Santhosh.k.Gupta

5. “Fluid Mechanics & Fluid power Engineering, DrD.S.Kumar

32

Code: B17EC2206 LINEAR INTEGRATED AND PULSE CIRCUITS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Students should learn

1. Different applications Op-amps

2. Design of active filters and oscillators

3. Study of 555 Timers and IC regulators

4. Applications of integrator, differentiator, clippers and clamper circuits.

5. Design of various multivibrators for various applications.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. Understand the applications of Op-amps

2. Design different active filters and oscillators

3. Understand the applications of 555 Timers and IC regulators

4. Understand the applications of integrator, differentiator, clippers and clamper circuits.

5. Design different multi vibrators for various applications.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: Applications of Operational Amplifiers:

Basics of Op-Amp, Instrumentation Amplifiers, Voltage to Current and Current to Voltage

Converters. Op-amp As a Comparators, Schmitt trigger, Wave form Generators, Sample and

Hold Circuits, Rectifiers.

UNIT-II: Active Filters and Oscillators: Butterworth type LPF, HPF first and second order filters, Switched Capacitance Filters. Op-Amp

Phase Shift, Wein-bridge and Quadrature Oscillator, Analog Multiplexers.

UNIT-III: Special ICs:

555 Timers Introduction, Block diagram,555 timer as an astable and Monostable Multivibrator,

Three Terminal IC Regulators, Voltage to Frequency and Frequency to Voltage Converters.

UNIT-IV: Wave Shaping:

High pass and Low pass RC circuits, Response of High pass and Low pass RC circuits to step,

square inputs. High pass RC circuit as a differentiator, Low pass RC circuit as an integrator.

Diode clippers, Clipping at two independent levels, Clamping Operation, Clamping Circuits

using Diode with Different Inputs, Clamping Circuit Theorem, Practical Clamping circuits.

33

UNIT-V: Multivibrators: Transistor as a switch, Switching times of a transistor, Design and Analysis of Fixed-bias and

self-bias transistor binary, Commutating capacitors, Design and analysis of Collector coupled

Monostable Multivibrator, Expression for the gate width and its waveforms. Design and analysis

of Collector coupled Astable Multivibrator, Expression for the Time period and its waveforms,

The Astable Multivibrator as a voltage to frequency converter.

Text Books:

1. Microelectronics- Jacob Millman.

2. Op-Amps and Linear ICs- RamakanthGayakwad, PHI, 1987.

3. Pulse Digital and Switching Waveforms, J. Millman ,H. Taub, and M.S.PrakashRao

McGraw-Hill, Second Edition

Reference Books:

1. Linear Integrated Circuits- D.Roy Chowdhury, New Age International(p) Ltd, 2nd

Edition,2003.

2. Pulse and Digital Circuits, A. Anand Kumar, PHI, Second Edition, 2005.

34

Code: B17 BS 2201

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE

(Common to ECE & EEE)

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objective:

To enlighten the technical students with functional management related issues like

Principles of Management, Marketing Management, Human Resource Management, Production

Management , Financial Management and Strategic Management techniques.

Course Outcomes:

1. Create awareness about the concepts like Evolution of Management thought, functions &

principles of management.

2. Provide all round information to the students about matters related to concepts & functions

related to Marketing.

3. Acquire in-depth knowledge about the concepts and functions of HRM.

4. Understand about aspects of Production Management and Financial Management.

5. Gain knowledge about Strategy formulation & implementation, SWOT analysis in order to

compete with the competition & to gain competency advantage.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: Introduction to Management

Concept, Nature and importance of Management, Functions of management, Evolution of

Management thought, Fayol‟s principles of Management, Theories of Motivation, Decision

making process.

UNIT-II: Marketing Management

Concept, Functions of marketing, Marketing Mix, Marketing strategies based on Product life

cycle, Channels of distribution.

UNIT-III: Human Resource Management (HRM)

Concepts of HRM, Personal Management and Industrial Relations, Basic functions of HR

Manager-Man power planning, Recruitment , Selection, Placement, Training, Development,

Compensation and Performance Appraisal.

UNIT-IV: Production Management

Production planning &control(PPC), Objectives, Functions, Stages of PPC, Plant location(Site

Selection).

Financial Management

Types of capital- Fixed and Working Capital, Methods of Raising finance. Long-term, Medium-

term and Short-term financial sources.

35

UNIT-V:Strategic Management

Vision, Mission, Goals, objectives, policy, strategy, Elements of corporate planning process,

Environmental scanning, SWOT analysis Steps in strategy formulation and implementation of

Generic strategy alternatives

Text Books:

1. Dr. Arya Sri – Management Science, TMH 2011

Reference Books:

1. Marketing Management- PHILIP KOTLER.

2. HRM & IR- P.SUBBA RAO

3. Business Policy & Strategic Management- FRANCIS CHERUNILAM

4. Financial Management - I.M.Pandey.

36

Code:B17ME2210

THERMAL PRIME MOVERS LAB Int. Marks : 50

Lab : 3 Periods Ext. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the principle and functioning of various IC engines.

2. Ability to understand the working of two stroke and four stroke engines.

3. Acquiring the knowledge of operation of a turbines and pumps.

4. The way of determination of flash and fire points of oil samples.and their importance is

acquired.

5. The procedure for determination of viscosities of oil samples can be understood.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to:

1. Explain the working principle of different types of IC Engines and illustrate the valve timing

2. and port diagrams of an IC engines.

3. Determine the viscosities of oil samples, Flash and Fire point values of fuels.

4. Perform the load, Morse, Heat balance and economical speed test on IC Engines.

5. Discuss the working principle of different types of hydraulic turbines

6. Illustrate the working principle of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps

SYLLABUS

1. Drawing of VTD for four-stroke and PTD of two-stroke engines.

2. Determination of flash and fire points

3. Determination of the kinematic and absolute viscosity of the given sample oils.

4. Load test and smoke test on I.C. engines.

5. Morse test on multi-cylinder engine.

6. Heat balance sheet on I.C. engines.

7. Study of multi-cylinder engines and determination of its firing order.

8. Economical speed test on IC engines.

9. Study on impulse and reaction turbines

10. Study on reciprocating and centrifugal pumps

Reference Books:

1. Thermal Engineering, by R. K. Rajput, Lakshmi Publications.

2. Thermal Science and Engineering by D.S. Kumar, S.K. Kataria and Sons.

3. I.C engines by V. Ganesan, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

37

Code:B17EC2209

LINEAR INTIGRATED CIRCUITS & PULSE DIGITAL CIRCUTS LAB WITH

SIMULATION

Int.Marks : 50

Lab : 3 Periods Ext. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

This laboratory course enables students to get practical experience in design, assembly and

evaluation of Linear integrated circuits & Pulse Circuits. They will use Multisim to test their

electronic designs.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to:

1. Design and conduct experiments on RC low pass and high pass circuits.

2. Observe operation of UJT Sweep Generator.

3. Design and test different types of Multi vibrators

4. Acquire a basic knowledge on simple applications of operational amplifier.

5. Design, construct Schmitt trigger using operational amplifier.

6. Use Multisim to test their electronic designs.

7. Design and test different types of Multiplexers and counters.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Linear Wave Shaping

a) Passive RC Differentiator

b) Passive RC Integrator

2. Non Linear Wave shaping

a) Clipping Circuits

b) Clamping Circuits

3. Self bias bistableMultivibrator

4. Schmitt Trigger Using µA 741

5. UJT Sweep Generator

6. AstableMultivibrator using 555 timer

7. Multiplexer

8. Shift Registers

38

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

(Simulation)

1. Linear Wave Shaping

a) Passive RC Differentiator

b) Passive RC Integrator

2 Non Linear Wave shaping

a) Clipping Circuits

b) Clamping Circuits

3. Self bias bistableMultivibrator

4. Schmitt Trigger Using µA 741

5. UJT Sweep Generator

6. AstableMultivibraotr using 555 timer.

7. Multiplexer

8. Shift Registers

Reference: Lab Manuals

39

Code: B17 BS 2205

PROGRAMMING SKILLS-II

(JAVA) (Common to ECE & EEE)

Lab : 2 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits :1

Course Objectives:

1. To know basic principles of Object Oriented Programming in the context of java

programming language.

2. To study different types of arrays to design programs.

3. To study and apply different types of java concepts like multithreading ,packages ,exception

handling ,interfaces and design programs using these concepts.

4. To study and apply various features of AWT components.

5. To know the basic concepts of networking in the context of java programming.

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to define different procedural and object oriented concepts and will be able to

differentiate between them.

2. Ability to define, understand and differentiate different types of arrays and apply them.

3. Ability to recognize various concepts of java and develops the programs using them.

4. Ability to identify and differentiate the various features of AWT components to construct

container based programs.

5. Ability to describe and explain the concept of networking.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:

Overview, Environment Set Up, Basic Syntax, Identifiers, Reserved words, Data Types, Literals,

Basic Operators

UNIT-II:

Control Statements in Java: if...else statement, for, while, do-while, for-each, Nested for loops,

switch, break, continue, return, Objects & Classes, Access Specifiers, Input & Output, Arrays,

Strings

UNIT-III:

Methods, Relationship between objects, Object-Oriented Programming: Encapsulation,

Abstraction, Inheritance, Polymorphism, Interfaces, Type Casting, Packages

40

UNIT-IV:

Exception Handling: try, catch, final, finally, throw, throws, Built-in, User-defined Exceptions,

Files: Read, Write and Append operations using text streams & byte streams

UNIT-V:

Collection Framework, Generics

UNIT-VI:

Threads: life cycle, single tasking, multi tasking, Deadlocks, Thread Priorities, Daemon Threads,

Serialization

References:

1. JAVA Complete Reference by Herbert Schildt

2. Core JAVA An Integrated Approach by Dr. R. Nageswara Rao.

3. http://spoken-tutorial.org/

41

Code: B17 BS 2206

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-II

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

To equip the students with the components of the language required and help them gain adequate

knowledge so as to become employable and competent.

Course Objectives:

Students will be able to

1. Enhance their Interpretative skills

2. Understand how to prepare a text.

3. Comprehend various types of writing discourses and respond.

4. Produce effectively different write-ups related to various business contexts.

5. Strengthen their emotional make-up.

6. Perceive various writing discourses.

Course Outcomes:

The students will

1. Develop the skills of taking and making notes

2. Interpret the pictures appropriately and effectively.

3. Read, comprehend and infer a given piece of writing effectively.

4. Learn and practice the skills of Research writing.

5. Communicate well through various forms of writing.

6. Be confident in giving presentations and dealing with people.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:SPEAKING

Analyzing proverbs

Enactment of One-act play

UNIT-2:READING

Reading Comprehension

Summarizing Newspaper Article

UNIT-3:WRITING

Note Taking &Note Making

Precis Writing

Essay Writing

Letter Writing

Picture Description

Literary Appreciation– Learning the Language of Literature

42

UNIT-4:VOCABULARY

Indian-origin English Words

Phrasal Verbs for Day-to-Day Communication

Commonly used Idiomatic Expressions

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Research Writing

Reference Books:

1. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

2. Effective Technical Communication by M.AshrafRizwi. Tata Mcgraw Hill

3. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

4. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

5. Six Weeks to Words of Power by Wilfred Funk. W.R.Goyal Publishers

6. English for Engineers and Scientists by Sangeeta Sharma and Binod Mishra, PHI Learning

1

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018 Admitted Batch onwards)

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

I-SEMESTER

Code

No. Course Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutorial

Hrs Lab

Hrs

Total

Contact

Hrs/Week

Internal

Marks

Exam

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 IT

2101 Data Structures 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 IT

2102 Java Programming 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 BS

2105

Mathematical

Foundations of

Computer Science

3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 IT

2103 Computer Graphics 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 IT

2104 Data

Communications 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 IT

2105

Digital Logic

Design 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 IT

2106 Data Structures Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 IT

2107

Java Programming

Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 IT

2108 Basic Coding 1 -- -- 2 2 50 --- 50

B17 BS

2107 English Proficiency-I -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 19 7 8 34 330 520 850

SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) (Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)

Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade

Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: W.G.Dt., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204 ESTD: 1980

2

Code: B17 IT 2101

DATA STRUCTURES

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To be familiar with basic techniques handling problems with Data structures

2. Solve problems using data structures such as linear lists, stacks, queues, hash tables

3. Create and traverse different types of trees and graphs.

4. To practice different searching algorithms.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. Apply advanced data structure strategies for exploring complex data structures and

implement data structures like stacks, queues

2. Implement data structures on single, circular and double linked lists.

3. Implement different operations on trees.

4. Apply graphs to real time applications.

5. Perform sorting and searching using different algorithms.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Basic Concepts:

Arrays, Dynamically Allocated Arrays, Structures and Unions, Polynomials, Sparse Matrix,

Representation of Multi-dimensional Array, Pointers and Dynamic Memory Allocation,

Algorithm Specification, Data Abstraction, Performance Analysis, performance Measurement.

Stacks and Queues:

Stack Abstract Data Type, Queue Abstract Data Type, Stacks and Queues using arrays,

Expressions, Evaluating Postfix Expressions, Infix to Postfix, Multiple Stacks and Queues,

Circular Queues using arrays.

UNIT-II Linked Lists:

Single Linked Lists and Chains, Representing Chains in C, Linked Stack and Queue using

Linked List, Representing Polynomials as Singly Linked Lists, Adding Polynomials, Erasing

Polynomials, Polynomials as Circularly Linked Lists, Additional List Operations, Sparse Matrix

Representation, Doubly Linked Lists.

3

UNIT-III Trees:

Representation of Trees, Binary Trees Abstract Data Type, Properties of Binary Trees, Binary

Tree Representations, Binary Tree Traversals, Additional Binary Tree Operations, Threaded

Binary Trees, Heap Abstract Data Type, Priority Queues, Insertion into a max heap, Deletion

from a max heap, Binary Search Trees: Searching a Binary Search Tree, Inserting an Element

into a Binary Search Tree, Deleting an Element from a Binary Search Tree, Height of a Binary

Search Tree.

UNIT-IV Graphs:

The Graph Abstract Data Type: Definitions, Graph Representations, Depth First Search, Breadth

First Search, Spanning Trees, Minimum Cost Spanning Trees: Prim‟s and Kruskal‟s Algorithms,

Single Source All Destination - Dijkstra‟s Algorithm, All Pairs Shortest Paths - Floyd‟s

Algorithm, Transitive Closure using Warshall‟s Algorithm.

UNIT-V Searching and Sorting

Searching : Sequential Search, Binary Search, Interpolation Search.

Sorting : Selection Sort, Bubble Sort, Insertion Sort, Quick Sort, Merge Sort, Heap sort, Radix

Sort.

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd edition, Horowitz, Sahni and Anderson-Freed,

Universities Press, 2008.

Reference Books:

1. Data Structures using C by Aaron M. Tenenbaum,Y. Langsam and M.J. Augenstein, Pearson

Education, 2009.

2. Data Structures with C by Seymour lipschutz, Schaum Outline series, 2010.

3. Data Structures using C by R. KrishnaMoorthy G. Indirani Kumaravel, TMH, New

Delhi,2008.

4

Code: B17 IT 2102

JAVA PROGRAMMING

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the object oriented programming concepts.

2. To understand object oriented programming concepts, and apply them

in solving problems.

3. To introduce the implementation of packages and interfaces

4. To introduce the concepts of exception handling and multithreading.

5. To introduce the design of Graphical User Interface using applets and swing controls.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be :

1. Able to solve real world problems using OOP techniques.

2. Able to understand the use of abstract classes.

3. Able to solve problems using java I/o classes.

4. Able to develop multithreaded applications.

5. Able to develop applets for web applications.

6. Able to design GUI based applications

SYLLABUS

UNIT- I

Fundamentals: HTML, OOP Concepts, Comparing JAVA with C & C++,JAVA Programming

language Syntax, Variables, Data types, statements and expressions.

UNIT -II

Control Statements: If else, for, while, and do while loops, Switch statements, break and

continue.

Arrays & Structures: One Dimensional & Two Dimensional Arrays, Functions: Parameter

Passing, this and super keywords.

UNIT -III

Features of JAVA: Classes and Interfaces, Threads and multithreaded programming, Exception

handling.

5

UNIT -IV

Introduction to packages, Math package, Lang package, Util package.

Stream based I/O (java.io) – The Stream classes-Byte streams and Character streams, Reading

console Input and Writing Console Output, File class, Reading and writing Files.

UNIT -V

GUI Programming with Swing–Introduction, limitations of AWT, MVC

architecture, components, containers. Understanding Layout Managers, Flow Layout, Border

Layout, Grid Layout, Card Layout, Grid Bag Layout.

Event Handling- The Delegation event model- Events, Event sources, Event Listeners, Event

classes, Handling mouse and keyboard events, Adapter classes, Inner classes, Anonymous Inner

classes.A Simple Swing Application, Applets – Applets and HTML, Applets and Applications,

passing parameters to applets. Creating a Swing Applet, Painting in Swing, A Paint example,

Exploring Swing Controls- JLabel and Image Icon, JText Field, The Swing Buttons- JButton,

JToggle Button, JCheck Box, JRadio Button, JTabbed Pane, JScroll Pane, JList, JCombo Box,

Swing Menus, Dialogs.

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Java programming, a primer , Balaguruswamy.

2. Java The complete reference, 9th edition, Herbert Schildt, McGraw Hill Education (India)

Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Java Programming , Daneal /Young PHI

2. Object Oriented Programming through Java, P. Radha Krishna.

3. Understanding Object-Oriented Programming with Java, updated edition, T. Budd, Pearson

Education.

6

Code: B17 BS 2105

MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

To understand the mathematical arguments using logical connectives and quantifiers and verify the validity of arguments using propositional, predicate logic and truth tables.

To understand various types of relations and discuss various properties of the relations.

To know about the concepts of counting techniques

To know how to solve the recurrence relations

To understand the concepts in graphs & also in Number theory

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course students will be able to :

1. Rewrite the mathematical arguments using logical connectives and quantifiers and verify the

validity of the arguments using propositional and predicate logic.

2. Identify and give examples of various types of relations and describe various properties of

relations.

3. Solve different counting problems.

4. Solve the recurrence relations which occur in many fields.

5. Utilize the concepts in graphs and Number theory in their fields.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I: Mathematical Logic:

Propositional Calculus: Statements and Notations, Connectives, Well Formed Formulas, Truth

Tables, Tautologies, Equivalence of Formulas, Duality Law, Normal Forms, Theory of Inference

for Statement Calculus, Consistency of Premises. Predicate Calculus: Predicative Logic,

Statement Functions, Variables and Quantifiers, Free and Bound Variables, Inference Theory for

Predicate Calculus.

UNIT -II:

Relations: Definition of Relation, Properties of Binary Relations, Relation Matrix and Digraph,

Operations on Relations, Partition and Covering, Transitive Closure, Equivalence, Compatibility

and Partial Ordering Relations, Hasse Diagrams.

Algebraic Structures: Algebraic Systems, Examples, General Properties, Semi Groups and

Monoids, Homomorphism of Semi Groups and Monoids, Group, Subgroup, Abelian Group,

Homomorphism, Isomorphism.

7

UNIT -III Combinatorics:

Basics of Counting, Permutations, Permutations with Repetitions, Circular Permutations,

Restricted Permutations, Combinations, Restricted Combinations, Generating Functions of

Permutations and Combinations, Binomial and Multinomial Coefficients, Binomial and

Multinomial Theorems, The Principles of Inclusion–Exclusion, Pigeonhole Principle and its

Application.

UNIT -IV: Recurrence Relations:

Generating Functions, Function of Sequences, Partial Fractions, Calculating Coefficient of

Generating Functions, Recurrence Relations, Formulation as Recurrence Relations, Solving

Recurrence Relations by Substitution and Generating Functions, Method of Characteristic Roots,

Solving Inhomogeneous Recurrence Relations

UNIT -V:

Graph Theory: Basic Concepts of Graphs, Sub graphs, Matrix Representation of Graphs:

Adjacency Matrices, Incidence Matrices, Isomorphic Graphs, Paths and Circuits, Eulerian and

Hamiltonian Graphs, Multigraphs, Bipartite graphs, Planar Graphs, Euler‟s Formula.

Number Theory : Properties of Integers, Division theorem, Greatest Common Divisor,

Euclidean Algorithm, Least Common Multiple, Testing for Prime Numbers, The Fundamental

Theorem of Arithmetic, Modular Arithmetic (Fermat‟s Theorem and Euler‟s Theorem).

Text Books:

1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science, J. P. Tremblay and P. Manohar, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians, J. L. Mott, A. Kandel,

T.P. Baker, 2nd

Edition, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference Books:

1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics-A Computer Oriented Approach, C. L. Liu and D.P.

Mahopatra, 3rd

Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications with Combinatorics and Graph Theory, K. H.

Rosen, 7th

Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.

3. Discrete Mathematical Structures, Bernand Kolman, Robert C. Busby, Sharon Cutler Ross,

PHI.

4. Discrete Mathematics, S. K. Chakraborthy and B.K. Sarkar, Oxford, 2011.

8

Code: B17 IT 2103

COMPUTER GRAPHICS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. Provides a comprehensive introduction to computer graphics with a foundation in Graphics

Applications.

2. A thorough introduction to computer graphics techniques.

3. To give the basics of Geometric Transformations and projections.

4. To introduce three dimensional concepts and object representations with color models and

basics of computer animation.

Course Outcomes:

1. The students will understand graphics principles and graphics hardware.

2. The students can demonstrate geometrical transformations.

3. The students can create interactive graphics applications and demonstrate computer graphics

animation.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Introduction:

Computer Graphics and their applications: Computer Aided Design, Computer Art,

Entertainment, Education and Training, Graphical User Interfaces; Overview of Graphics

systems: Video Display Devices, Raster Scan Systems, Random Scan Systems, Graphics

Monitors And Workstations, Input Devices, Hard Copy Devices, Interactive Input Methods,

Windows and Icons, Virtual Reality Environments, Graphics Software.

UNIT-II Output primitives:

Points and Lines, , Line and Curve Attributes, Color and Gray scale levels, Ant aliasing, Loading

the Frame buffer, Line function, Line Drawing Algorithms, Circle Generating Algorithms,

Ellipse Generating Algorithms, Pixel Addressing, Area Fill Attributes, Filled Area Primitives,

Filled Area Functions, Cell Array, Character Generation, Character Attributes, Bundled

Attributes.

UNIT - III Two Dimensional Transformations:

Basic 2D Transformations, Matrix Representations, Homogeneous Coordinates, Composite

Transformations, Other Transformations, Transformations between Coordinate Systems, Affine

Transformations.

9

UNIT-IV Three Dimensional Transformations & Projections:

Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Other Transformations, Composite Transformations, 3D

Transformation Functions, Modeling and Coordinate Transformations, Need for projections,

Parallel & Perspective projections, General Projection Transformations.

UNIT-V Viewing Pipeline and Clipping operations :

Viewing Pipeline ,Viewing Coordinates &Reference frames, Window-to-Viewport Coordinate

Transformation, Two Dimensional Viewing Functions, , Three Dimensional Viewing, View

Volumes, Clipping and its Operations, Types of clipping operations- Point Clipping, Line

Clipping, Polygon Clipping,, Curve Clipping,, Text and Exterior Clipping.

Three Dimensional Concepts and Object representations: 3D display methods, 3D Graphics,

Polygon Surfaces, Curved Lines and Surfaces, Quadratic Surfaces, Super Quadrics, Blobby

Objects, Spline Representations, Bézier Curves and Surfaces, BSpline

Curves and Surfaces,

Text Book:

1. Computer Graphics, Donald Hearn & M.Pauline Baker, Pearson Education ,New Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics, David F.Rogers, Tata McGraw Hill Book

Company, New Delhi, 2003.

2. Computer Graphics: Principles & Practice in C,J.D.Foley, S.KFeiner, AVan Dam F.H John

Pearson Education ,2004.

3. Computer Graphics using Open GL,Franscis S Hill Jr,Pearson Education,2004.

4. Computer Vision and Image Processing: A Practical Approach using CVIP tools, S.

E.Umbaugh, Prentice Hall, 1998

10

Code: B17 IT 2104

DATA COMMUNICATIONS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To study basics of data communication systems.

2. To study the various types of transmission media.

3. To study the various hardware concepts related to data communications.

4. To discuss about modem and multiplexing techniques.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

1. Understand basic concepts related communication systems.

2. Understand different transmission Media.

3. Understand concepts related to data communication hardware.

4. Understand basic functionality of modems.

SYLLABUS

UNIT- I

Introduction to Data Communications: A Communications Model, Data Communications and

Data Communications Networking, Protocols and Protocol Architecture, Characteristics of Data

Transmission: Concepts and Terminology, Analog and Digital Data Transmission, Transmission

Impairments

UNIT- II

Transmission Media: Guided Transmission Media, Wireless Transmission. Data Encoding:

Digital Data-Digital Signals, Digital Data-Analog Signals, Analog Data-Digital Signals, Analog

Data-Analog Signals.

UNIT- III

Data Communication Interface: Asynchronous and Synchronous Transmission, Line

Configurations, Interfacing. Data Link Control Flow Control, Error Detection, Error Control

UNIT- IV

Multiplexing: Frequency-Division Multiplexing, Synchronous Time-Division Multiplexing:

Characteristics, TDM Link Control, Digital Carrier Systems, Statistical Time-Division

Multiplexing: Characteristics.

11

UNIT -V

Data Communications Hardware: Terminals: Introduction, Basic Terminal Components,

Enhanced Terminal Components, General-Purpose Terminals, Remote Job Entry Terminals,

Transaction Terminals, Clustering of Terminal Devices.

CommunicationProcessingHardware:Introduction,SwitchingProcessors,MultidropLins,Multiplex

ers,Concentrators, Front-End Processors

Text Books:

1. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, 7th Edition, PH/Pearson Edu.Inc.

2. Mary E.S. Loomis, Data Communications, PHI-N.J.,1983(Unit V).

Reference Books:

1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 3 rdEditionTMH,2004.

2. William A. Shay, Understanding Data Communications & Networks, 2nd

Edition Thomson-

Brooks/Cole –Vikas Publishing House,1999.

3. Michale A. Miller, Data & Network Communications, Thomson/Delmar –Vikas Pub. House,

2000

12

Code: B17 IT 2105

DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce the basic principles for design of combinational circuit and sequential circuits.

2. To learn simple digital circuits in preparation for computer engineering.

Course Outcomes:

1. An ability to define different number systems, binary addition and subtraction,2‟s

complement representation and operations with this representation. The different Boolean

algebra theorems and apply them for logic functions.

2 An ability to define the Karnaugh map for a few variables and perform an algorithmic

reduction of logic functions.

3 An ability to define the following combinational circuits: multiplexer, de-multiplexers

encoders/decoders, comparators, arithmetic-logic units and to be able to a build simple

circuits.

4 An ability to understand asynchronous and synchronous sequential circuits, like counters

and shift registers.

5 An ability to understand memories like RAM and ROM, Programmable Logic Array and

Programmable Array Logic.

SYLLABUS

UNIT - I

Binary Systems and Boolean Algebra : Digital Systems. Binary Numbers. Number Base

Conversions. Octal and Hexadecimal Numbers. Complements. Signed Binary Numbers. Binary

Codes. Binary Storage and Registers. Binary Logic ,Basic Definitions of Boolean algebra.

Axiomatic Definition of Boolean Algebra. Basic Theorems and Properties of Boolean Algebra,

Boolean Functions.

UNIT - II

Logic Gates and Gate-Level Minimization: Canonical and Standard Forms. Logic Operations..

The Map Method. Four-Variable Map. Five-Variable Map. Product of Sums Simplification.

Don‟t-Care Conditions. Digital Logic Gates. NAND and NOR Implementation. Other Two-

Level Implementations. Exclusive-OR Function

13

UNIT -III

Combinational Logic Design,:

Combinational Circuits: Analysis Procedure. Design Procedure. Binary Adder-Subtractor.

Decimal Adder. Binary Multiplier. Magnitude Comparator. Decoders. Encoders. Multiplexers.

UNIT - IV

Sequential Logic design: Sequential Circuits .Latches. Flip-Flops. Analysis of Clocked

Sequential Circuits. State Reduction and Assignment. Designs Procedure. Registers. Shift

Registers. Ripple Counters. Synchronous Counters. Other Counters.

UNIT-V

Memory and Programmable Logic: Introduction. Random-Access Memory. Memory

Decoding, Error Detection and Correction. Read-Only Memory. Programmable Logic Array.

Programmable Array Logic.

Text Book:

1. Digital Design, 3rdEdition, M.Morris Mano, Pearson Education.

Reference Books:

1. Digital Logic Design Principles, Norman Balabanian & Bradley Carlson, John Wiley &

Sons(Asia) Pvt.Ltd.,2002

2. Switching and Finite Automata Theory, 2nd Edition ZVI Kohavi Tata McGraw Hill

3. Switching Theory and Logic Design ,3rd Edition ,A.Anand Kumar PHI Learning Pvt.Ltd.

14

Code: B17 IT 2106

DATA STRUCTURES LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To be familiar with basic techniques handling problems with Data structures

2. Solve problems using data structures such as linear lists, stacks, queues, hash tables

3. Create and traverse different types of trees and graphs.

4. To practice different searching algorithms.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. Apply advanced data structure strategies for exploring complex data structures.

2. Implement data structures like stacks, queues

3. Implement data structures on single, circular and double linked lists.

4. Implement different operations on trees.

5. Apply graphs to real time applications.

6. Perform sorting and searching using different algorithms.

LIST OF PROGRAMS

1. Write a program to implement the operations on stacks using Array.

2. Write a program for evaluating a given postfix expression

3. Write a program for converting a given infix expression to postfix form

4. Write a program to implement the operations on queues using Array.

5. Write a program to implement the operations on circular queues using Arrat.

6. Write a program to implement the Single Linked List operations (Insertion, Deletion).

7. Write a program to implement the operations on stacks using Linked List.

8. Write a program to implement the operations on Queue using Linked List.

9. Write a program to implement the Priority Queue operations using single Linked List.

10. Write a program to add two Polynomials using Linked List.

11. Write a program to add two sparse matrices using linked list

12. Write a program to implement the Circular Single Linked List operations (Insertion,

Deletion).

13. Write a program to implement the Double Linked List operations (Insertion, Deletion).

14. Write a program to implement the De-queue operations using Double Linked List .

15. Write a program to create a binary search tree and for implementing the in order,

preorder, post order traversal using recursion

15

16. Write a program for finding the Depth First Search of a graph, and Breadth First Search of a

graph

17. Write a program for sorting a list using Bubble sort and then apply binary search.

18. Write a program for quick sort

19. Write a program for Heap sort

20. Write a program for Merge sort.

21. Write a program for finding the transitive closure of a digraph

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, 2nd edition, Horowitz, Sahni and Anderson-Freed,

Universities Press, 2008.

Reference Books:

1. Data Structures using C by Aaron M. Tenenbaum,Y. Langsam and M.J. Augenstein, Pearson

Education, 2009.

2. Data Structures with C by Seymour lipschutz, Schaum Outline series, 2010.

3. Data Structures using C by R. KrishnaMoorthy G. Indirani Kumaravel, TMH, New

Delhi,2008.

16

Code: B17IT2107

JAVA PROGRAMMING LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To demonstrate the compilation and interpretation of java programs

2. To make practice on different Objet Oriented Programming Concepts

3. To write java programs to implement java concepts

4. To write java programs to implement applet programming

5. To write java programs to generate and handle event handling programs

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to understand compiling and interpreting programs.

2. Students will be able to Explore features of Object Oriented Programming.

3. Students will be able to implement various java concepts

4. Students will be able to Develop java Programs to implement applets

5. Students will be able to Develop java Programs to generate and handle events.

LIST OF PROGRAMS

1. (a) Program to display the area of a rectangle.

(b) Program to find Sum of series 1+x+x2+x3+……

2. (a) Write a class to display the area of rectangle and inherit this class into other class

which is displaying perimeter of a rectangle and implement.

(b) Write a class to add three no„s inherit this class into other class to add five no„s and

implement it.

3. (a) Write a program to print the path, filename and extension for a given path of a file.

(b) Write a program to receive two command line arguments check whether they are

equal or not.

4. (a) A program to take two arguments and divide the first argument with second

argument and display the result. Displays the error message if divide by zero without

abnormal exit.

(b) A program to accept more than one string and arrange them in alphabetical order.

(c) Write a program to display simultaneously output of even and odd numbers starting

from one to specified number.

5. Write a program to accept data from keyboard and write it into a file.

17

6. Write a java program to implement stack & Queue operations.

7. Write a program to draw line and circle using mouse.

8. Write an applet program for drawing the bar chart.

9. Write an applet program to design a calculator for implementing basic functions like

+,-,*, /.

10. Write a program to check active ports in system.

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Java programming, a primar ǁ, Balaguruswamy.

2. Java Complete Reference , Herbt Schild.

3. Introduction to Java programming, Daneal/Young PHI

18

Code: B17 IT 2108

BASIC CODING

Lab: 2 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

Course Objectives:

1. To develop programming skills among the students.

2. To familiarize the student with Control Structures, Loop Structures.

3. To familiarize the student with Basic searching and sorting Methods.

4. To familiarize the student with Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.

5. To familiarize the student with Structures and Unions.

6. To familiarize the student with Operating System concepts.

7. To familiarize the student with Networking concepts.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course students will be able to

1. Know about Control Structures, Loop Structures and branching in programming.

2. Know about various searching and sorting methods.

3. Know about Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes.

4. Know about Structures and Unions.

5. Know different Operating System concepts.

6. Differentiate OSI Model Vs. TCP/IP suite.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review of Programming constructs

Programming Environment, Expressions formation, Expression evaluation, Input and Output

patterns, Control Structures, Sequential branching, Unconditional branching, Loop

Structures,Coding for Pattern Display.

UNIT II Introduction to Linear Data, strings and pointers

Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and representations, Pattern coding,

Working on character data, Compiler defined methods, Substitution coding for defined methods,

Row Major representation, Column Major representation, Basic searching and sorting Methods.

UNIT III Functions, Recursions and Storage Classes

Functions – Introduction to modular programming – Function Communication - Pass by value,

Pass by reference – Function pointers – Recursions – Type casting – Storage classes

Practice: programs on passing an array and catching by a pointer, function returning data,

comparison between recursive and Iterative solutions.

Data referencing mechanisms: Pointing to diff. data types, Referencing to Linear data, Runtime-

memory allocation, Named locations vs pointed locations, Referencing a 2D-Matrix

19

UNIT IV User-defined datatypes, Pre-processor Directives and standard storage Need for user-defined data type – structure definition – Structure declaration – Array within a

Structure – Array of Structures – Nested Structures - Unions – Declaration of Union data type,

StructVs Union - Enum – Pre-processor directives , Standard storage methods, Operations on

file, File handling methods, Orientation to Object oriented programming

Practice: Structure padding, user-defined data storage and retrieval programs

UNIT V Operating system principles and Database concepts

Introduction to Operating system principles, Process scheduling algorithms, Deadlock detection

and avoidance, Memory management, Networking: Introduction to Networking, OSI Model Vs.

TCP/IP suite, Datalink layer, Internet layer, DVR Vs. LSR, Transport Layer, Application Layer

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, B.A.Forouzan and

R.F.Gilberg, 3rd

Edition, Thomson, 2007.

2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India

Pvt.Ltd

3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.

Barone (Author), Enzo Marinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .

4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.

5. Object Oriented Programming through C++ by Robat Laphore.

6. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/.

7. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/

20

Code: B17BS2106

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-I

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

Enriching the communicative competency of the students by adopting the activity-based as well

as the class-oriented instruction with a view to facilitate and enable them to enhance their

language proficiency skills.

Course Objectives:

The Students will be able to

1. Communicate their ideas and views effectively.

2. Practice language skills and improve their language competency.

3. Know and perform well in real life contexts.

4. Identify and examine their self attributes which require improvement and motivation.

5. Build confidence and overcome their inhibitions, stage freight, nervousness, etc.

6. Improve their innovative practices in speaking.

Course Outcomes:

The Students will

1. Improve speaking skills.

2. Enhance their listening capabilities.

3. Learn and practice the skills of composition writing.

4. Enhance their reading and understanding of different texts.

5. Improve their inter-personal communication skills.

6. Be confident in presentation skills.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:LISTENING

Selected Motivational Speeches

Selected Moral Stories

UNIT-2:SPEAKING

Book Review

Skit Presentation

PowerPoint Presentations

Describing event/place/thing

Extempore

Group Discussion

Picture Perception and Describing Test

21

UNIT-3:READING

Speeded Reading

Reading Comprehension

UNIT-4:WRITING

Paragraph Writing

Literary Appreciation – Understanding the Language of Literature

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Ad Making

Reference Books:

1. Classic Short Stories-A Reader‟s Digest Selection

2. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

3. The World‟s Great Speeches- edited by B.S. Sekhar, Jeet Publications

4. Fundamentals of Technical Communication by Meenakshiraman, Sangeta Sharma of OUP

5. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science and Engineering, by S.P.

Dhanavel, Orient Blackswan Ltd. 2009

6. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

7. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

22

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018 Admitted Batch onwards)

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

II-SEMESTER

Code

No. Course Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutori

al

Hrs

Lab

Hrs

Total

Contact

Hrs/

Week

Internal

Marks

Exam

Marks

Total

Marks

B17IT

2201 Computer

Organization 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17BS

2202 Probability, Statistics

& Queuing Theory 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17IT

2202 Microprocessors 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17IT

2203 File Structures 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17IT

2204 Unix & Shell

Programming 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17IT

2205 Formal Language and

Automata Theory 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17IT

2206 Python Programming

Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17IT

2207 Digital Electronics

And Micro Processors

Lab

2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17IT

2208 Advanced Coding 1 -- -- 2 2 50 --- 50

B17BS

2204

Professional Ethics &

Human Values -- 2 -- -- 2 -- -- --

B17BS

2206 English Proficiency-II -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 21 7 8 36 330 520 850

23

Code: B17IT2201

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To study about structure and functional components of a computer.

2. Understanding the hierarchical organization of a computer system which consists of

instruction set of commands.

3. Learn about the architecture of a computer from a programming view.

4. To design a balance system that minimizes performance and utilization of all elements.

Course Outcomes:

1. Knowledge about major components of a computer such as processor, memory and I/O

modules along with their interconnections internally with outside world.

2. Detailed idea about architecture of central processing unit, functions of control unit, memory,

I/O devices and their issues.

3. Simple and multiple processor organization and their issues.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Register Transfer and Micro operations: Register Transfer Language, Register Transfer, Bus

and Memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro operations, Logic Micro operations, Shift Micro

operations, Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit.

UNIT-II

Basic Computer Organization and Micro programmed Control : Instruction Codes,

Computer Registers, Computer Instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction Cycle, Memory-

Reference Instructions, Input- Output and Interrupt, Complete Computer Description, Design of

Basic Computer, Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro program Example, Design of

Control Unit.

UNIT-III

Central Processing Unit: Introduction, General Register Organization, Stack Organization,

Instruction Formats, Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control,

Reduced Instruction Set Computer(RISC)

24

UNIT-IV

Input/output Organization: Peripheral Devices, I/O interface, Asynchronous data transfer,

Modes of transfer, priority Interrupt, Direct memory access, Input-Output Processor (IOP), Serial

Communication.

UNIT-V

Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate

Memory, Cache Memory, and Virtual memory, Memory Management Hardware.

Text Books:

1. Computer System Architecture, M. Morris Mano, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., Third

Edition, Sept. 2008.

Reference Books:

1. Computer Architecture and Organization, William Stallings, PHI Pvt. Ltd., Eastern Economy

Edition, Sixth Edition, 2003.

2. Computer Organization and Architecture, Linda Null, Julia Lobur, Narosa Publications ISBN

81- 7319-609-5.

3. Computer System Architecture”, John. P. Hayes.

25

Code: B17BS2202

PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND QUEUING THEORY

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To illustrate the concept of a random variable, generating functions and their properties

2. To learn different probability functions and analyse various statistical measures of a few

discrete/continuous distributions.

3. To understand and compute the correlation coefficient, and estimation techniques from

regression lines.

4. To fit a linear or nonlinear curves using method of least squares.

5. To develop a framework for testing of hypothesis in giving inferences about Population

Parameters.

6. To study Queuing models and their Characteristics.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course a student will be able to

1. Identify the random variable as discrete/continuous and analyse it.

2. Predict the distribution suitable for the given data from its moments.

3. Measure the intensity of association between the variables.

4. Fit a best suitable Curve for the given data.

5. Decide the test applicable for giving inference about Population Parameter based on Sample

statistic.

6. Make business decisions about the resources needed to provide a service in day-to-day life

applications including telecommunication, traffic engineering, computing and the design of

factories, shops, offices and hospitals.

SYLLABUS

UNIT -I

Random Variables and Probability functions: Review on basic concepts of Probability (no

questions will be set on review), Definition of a random variable, Distribution function,

Properties of Distribution Function, Discrete Random Variable, Probability Mass Function,

Discrete Distribution Function, Continuous Random Variable, Probability Density Function,

Continuous Distribution Function.

Mathematical Expectation: Mathematical Expectation of a Random Variable, Expected Value

of function of a Random Variable, Addition Theorem and Multiplication Theorem of

Expectation(without proofs), Statistical Measures like Mean, Variance, Moments and

Covariance in terms of Expectations.

Generating functions: Moment generating Function, Characteristic Function and Probability

generating Function of a Random Variable.

26

UNIT II

Discrete Distributions: Binomial distribution and Poisson distribution - Definition, Mean,

Variance, moments, m.g.f., Characteristic function, p.g.f., Fitting of distributions.

Continuous Distributions: Normal Distribution - Definition, Standard Normal Variate, Mean,

Variance, m.g.f., Characteristic function Applications of Normal Distribution, Importance of

Normal distribution. Exponential Distribution, Definition, Mean, Variance and Memory less

property of Exponential distribution.

UNIT III

Curve fitting: Method of least Squares, fitting of a Straight line, Fitting of a Parabola.

Correlation: Definition, Karl Pearson‟s Coefficient of Correlation, Limits for correlation

coefficient, Rank Correlation, Spearman‟s formula for rank correlation coefficient.

Regression Analysis: Regression Lines, Regression Coefficients and their properties(without

proofs)

UNIT IV

Sampling Theory: Sample, population, statistic, parameter, Sampling distribution, standard

error, point and interval estimation. Testing of Hypothesis: Formulation of Null hypothesis,

Alternative hypothesis, Critical region, level of significance, Errors in sampling- Type-I-error,

Type-II-error, One-tailed and Two-tailed tests.

Large Sample Theory: Test of significance of single sample proportion, Test of significance for

difference of proportions.

Small Sample Theory: Degrees of freedom, Student‟s-t-distribution: definition, t-test for single

mean, t-test for difference of means, Paired t-test for difference of means.

F-distribution: definition, F-test for equality of two population variances. Chi-square distribution:

definition, Chi-square test for goodness of fit, Chi-square test for Population Variance.

UNIT V

Queuing Theory: Queue description, Birth and Death Process, Distribution of Inter-arrival

times, Distribution of service times, Kendall‟s representation of a queueing model, Operating

characteristics of a queueing model, steady-state solutions of {M/M/1: ∞/FCFS} Model and

{M/M/1 ; N/FCFS} Model.

Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics by S.C.Gupta and V.K.Kapoor, Sultan Chand &

Sons Publishers.

2. Probability, Statistics and Random Processes by T.Veerarajan, Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub.

Reference Books:

1. Probability & Statistics with Reliability, Queueing and Computer Applications by

Kishore.S.Trivedi, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.

2. Probability and statistics for Engineers, Miller and Freund, 7th

edition, Prentice-Hall India.

3. Probability and statistics for Engineers and Scientists by Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H.

Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying Ye, Eighth edition, Pearson Education.

27

Code: B17 IT 2202

MICROPROCESSORS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To discuss about 8085 architecture, signal description and instruction set.

2. To study different programming techniques to implement in assembly language

3. To discuss about 8086 architecture, signal description and instruction set.

4. To study different peripheral devices and learn to interface with 8085.

5. To study different programming techniques to implement in MASM.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course:

1. Student will able to identify microprocessor and microcomputers and will be able to describe

8085 MP architecture and classify instructions .

2. Student will able to state and illustrate 8085 programming techniques and solve code

conversions, ISR, subroutines, operations to examine results.

3. Student will able to describe 8086 MP architecture and classify instruction set of 8086 .

4. Student will able to state and illustrate 8086 programming techniques and solve code

conversions, ISR, subroutines, operations to examine results.

SYLLABUS

UNIT I

Introduction to 8085 microprocessor

Internal Architecture functional/signal description of 8085 microprocessor, Instruction set,

Addressing modes and programming in 8085.

UNIT II

Programming techniques

Timing diagram, counters and delays, stacks and subroutines and Interrupts in 8085

UNIT III

Memory and I/O

Classification and interfacing semiconductor memories with 8085 MPU. Interfacing

characteristics of IO devices, IO device addressing methods.

28

UNIT IV

Peripheral devices and interfacing with 8085

Interfacing peripherals to INTEL 8085: Paraller IO interface-8255, Serial IO Interface-8251,

Timer Interface-8253. Interfacing peripherals to INTEL 8085: Keyboard/Display Interface-

8279, Interrupt controller Interface-8259.

UNIT V

Introduction to 8086 microprocessor and programming

The 8086 Microprocessor architecture, Internal Architecture & functional /signal description of

8086, segmented memory, Maximum 7 Minimum mode of 8086. Introduction set and

programming the 8086: Addressing modes, Instruction set and assembly language programming

techniques with 8086.

Text Books:

1. Microprocessor Architecture and Applications with the 8085 , Ramesh S. gaonkar, 4th

Edition, Penram International, 1999

2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, A K RAY & K M Bhurchandi , 2nd

Edition,The

Mcgraw-Hill companies.

Reference Books:

1. The 80X86 Family , Design, Programming and Interfacing, John E. Uffenbeck, 3rd

Edition,

Pearson Education Inc., 2002.

2. Walter A . tribal and Avatar Singh. The 8088 and 8086 Microprocessors, Programming

interfaing, software, hardware and Applications, 4th

Edition Pearson education Inc., 2003

3. Microprocessors and Interfacing. Programming and hardware, 2ne Edition, Douglass V. Hall.

MH Edition , 1999.

29

Code: B17 IT 2203

FILE STRUCTURES

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To discuss about basics about file related operations

2. To study about different storage devices & retrieval techniques

3. To discuss about file organizations & compression techniques.

4. To study different index structures for retrieval.

5. To study different hashing techniques.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course:

1. Student will able to identify the basic operations on a file.

2. Student will able to state and illustrate various storage & retrieval mechanisms

3. Student will able to describe various compression methods & advantages of them.

4. student will be able to describe various index structures.

5. Student will able to state and illustrate hashing methods for direct access of data from files

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: File Processing Operations and Secondary Storage Physical and logical files, opening, reading & writing and closing files in C, seeking and special

characters in files, physical devices and logical files, file-related header files in C. Disks –

organization, tracks, sectors, blocks, capacity, non-data overhead, cost of a disk access, magnetic

Tape –types, performance, organization estimation of tape length and data transmission times, disk

vs tape, CD-ROM – CD-ROM as a file structure, physical organization, strengths and weakness

of CD-ROMs, storage hierarchy

UNIT-II : Byte Journey and buffer Management and File Structure Concepts File manager, I/O buffer, I/O processing, buffer strategies and bottlenecks. A stream file, field

structures, reading a stream of fields, record structures and that uses a length indicator, Mixing

numbers and characters – use of a hex dump, reading the variable length records from the files.

UNIT-III: Managing records in C files and Organizing files for performance Retrieving records by keys, sequential search, direct access, choosing a record structure and record

length, header records, file access and file organization. Data compression, reclaiming space –

record deletion and storage compaction, deleting fixed-length records for reclaiming space

dynamically, deleting variable-length records, space fragmentation, replacement strategies.

30

UNIT-IV: Indexing and Indexed sequential file access and prefix B+ Trees

Index, A simple index with an entry sequenced file, basic operations on an indexed, entry

sequenced file, indexes that are too large to hold in memory, indexing to provide access by

multiple keys, retrieval using combination of secondary keys, improving the secondary index

structure – inverted lists. Indexed sequential access, maintaining a sequence set, adding a simple

index to the sequence set, the B tree, simple prefix B+ content of the index: separators instead

of keys, the simple prefix tree maintenance, index set block size, internal set block size, internal

structure of index set blocks, loading a simple prefix

UNIT-V: Hashing and Extendable hashing Collisions in hashing, a simple hashing algorithms, hashing functions and record distributions,

memory requirements, collision resolution by progressive overflow, buckets, deletions. Working of

extendable hashing, implementation, deletion, extendable hashing performance

Text Book:

1. File Structures – An Object Oriented Approach with C++ by Michael J. Folk, Bill Zoellick and Greg Riccardi,, Pearson

Reference Books:

1. File Organization & Processing by Alan l.Tharp Malloy Lithographing Inc. 2. File Systems by Thomas Harbron

31

Code: B17IT2204

UNIX AND SHELL PROGRAMMING

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. Facility with UNIX command syntax and semantics.

2. Ability to work on the File systems and Directories in Unix operating system.

3. Ability to read and understand and specifications, shell scripts and programs.

4. To become fluent with system calls provided in UNIX environment.

Course Outcomes:

1. Able to working on the basic commands of UNIX operating system.

2. File processing projects will require data organization, problem solving and research.

3. Scripts and programs will demonstrate effective use of structured programming.

4. Scripts and programs will be accompanied by printed output demonstrating completion of a

test plan.

5. Able to understand and handle the process management using system calls

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I:

Introduction to Unix-Brief History-What is Unix-Unix Components-Using Unix-Commands in

Unix-Some Basic Commands-Command Substitution-Giving Multiple Commands.

UNIT-II:

The File system –The Basics of Files-What‟s in a File-Directories and File Names-Permissions-I

Nodes-The Directory Hierarchy, File Attributes and Permissions-The File Command knowing the

File Type-The Chmod Command Changing File Permissions-The Chown Command Changing the

Owner of a File-The Chgrp Command Changing the Group of a File.

UNIT-III:

Using the Shell-Command Line Structure-Met characters-Creating New Commands-Command

Arguments and Parameters-Program Output as Arguments-Shell Variables- -More on I/O

Redirection-Looping in Shell Programs. Filters-The Grep Family-Other Filters-The Stream Editor

Sed-The AWK Pattern Scanning and processing Language-Good Files and Good Filters.

32

UNIT-IV:

Shell Programming-Shell Variables-The Export Command-The Profile File a Script Run During

Starting-The First Shell Script-The read Command-Positional parameters-The $? Variable

knowing the exit Status-More about the Set Command-The Exit Command-Branching Control

Structures-Loop Control Structures-The Continue and Break Statement-The Expr Command:

Performing Integer Arithmetic-Real Arithmetic in Shell Programs-The here Document(<<)-The

Sleep Command-Debugging Scripts-The Script Command-The Eval Command-The Exec

Command.

UNIT-V:

The Process-The Meaning-Parent and Child Processes-Types of Processes-More about Foreground

and Background processes-Internal and External Commands-Process Creation-The Trap

Command-The Stty Command-The Kill Command-Job Control.

Text Books:

1. The Unix programming Environment by Brain W. Kernighan & Rob Pike, Pearson.

2. Introduction to Unix Shell Programming by M.G.Venkateshmurthy, Pearson.

Reference Books:

1. Unix and shell Programming by B.M. Harwani, OXFORD university press.

2. Unix and shell Programming by Sumitabha Das, TMH.

3. Unix and shell Programming by Forouzan, Gil Berg.

33

Code: B17IT2205

FORMAL LANGUAGE AND AUTOMATA THEORY

Lecture : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

The aim of this course is,

1. To introduce the concepts in automata theory and theory of computation to design grammars

and recognizers for different formal languages.

2. To Employ finite state machines to solve problems in computing.

3. To introduce finite state machines, context free grammars and Turing machines and their

properties as the basic for the formal expressivity of computer languages for solving

linguistic decision problems.

Course Outcomes :

1. Students will be able to on design Finite Automata for languages with concepts of Regular

Sets and Regular Grammars [K3]

2. Students will be able to Apply concepts of context free Grammars and able to design Push

Down Automata from the given CFG. [K3]

3. Students will be able to design a Turing Machine from the given language [K3]

4. Students will be able of identify different types of languages using Chomsky Hierarchy and

apply concepts of Un-decidability on problems [K3].

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I: Finite Automata

Why Study Automata Theory? The Central Concepts of Automata Theory, Automation, Finite

Automation, Transition Systems, Acceptance of a String by a Finite Automation, DFA, Design

of DFAs, NFA, Design of NFA, Equivalence of DFA and NFA, Conversion of NFA into DFA,

Finite Automata with E-Transition, Minimization of Finite Automata, Mealy and Moore

Machines, Applications and Limitation of Finite Automata.

UNIT – II: Regular Expressions

Regular Expressions, Regular Sets, Identity Rules, Equivalence of two Regular Expressions,

Manipulations of Regular Expressions, Finite Automata, and Regular Expressions, Inter

Conversion, Equivalence between Finite Automata and Regular Expressions, Pumping Lemma,

Closers Properties, Applications of Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and Regular

Grammars, Regular Expressions and Regular Grammars.

34

UNIT – III: Context Free Grammars

Formal Languages, Grammars, Classification of Grammars, Chomsky Hierarchy Theorem,

Context Free Grammar, Leftmost and Rightmost Derivations, Parse Trees, Ambiguous

Grammars, Simplification of Context Free Grammars-Elimination of Useless Symbols, E-

Productions and Unit Productions, Normal Forms for Context Free Grammars-Chomsky Normal

Form and Greibach Normal Form, Pumping Lemma, Closure Properties, Applications of Context

Free Grammars.

UNIT – IV: Pushdown Automata

Pushdown Automata, Definition, Model, Graphical Notation, Instantaneous Description

Language Acceptance of pushdown Automata, Design of Pushdown Automata, Deterministic

and Non – Deterministic Pushdown Automata, Equivalence of Pushdown Automata and Context

Free Grammars Conversion, Two Stack Pushdown Automata, Application of Pushdown

Automata.

UNIT – V: Turning Machine & Computability

Turing Machine, Definition, Model, Representation of Turing Machines-Instantaneous

Descriptions, Transition Tables and Transition Diagrams, Language of a Turing Machine,

Design of Turing Machines, Techniques for Turing Machine Construction, Types of Turing

Machines, Church‟s Thesis, Universal Turing Machine, Restricted Turing Machine. Decidable

and Un-decidable Problems, Halting Problem of Turing Machines, Post‟s Correspondence

Problem.

Note: Theorem proofs are eliminated.

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation, J.E.Hopcroft, R.Motwani

and J.D.Ullman, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2008.

2. Theory of Computer Science-Automata, Languages and Computation, K.L.P.Mishra and

N.Chandrasekharan, 3rd Edition, PHI, 2007.

Reference Books:

1. Formal Language and Automata Theory, K.V.N.Sunitha and N.Kalyani, Pearson, 2015.

2. Introduction to Automata Theory, Formal Languages and Computation, Shyamalendu

Kandar, Pearson, 2013.

3. Theory of Computation, V.Kulkarni, Oxford University Press, 2013.

4. Theory of Automata, Languages and Computation, Rajendra Kumar, McGraw Hill, 2014.

35

Code: B17IT2206

PYTHON PROGRAMMING LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. Introduction to Scripting Language

2. Exposure to various problems solving approaches of computer science

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course:

1. Making Software easily right out of the box.

2. Experience with an interpreted Language.

3. To build software for real needs.

4. Prior Introduction to testing software

LIST OF PROGRAMS

Exercise 1 - Basics

a) Running instructions in Interactive interpreter and a Python Script

b) Write a program to purposefully raise Indentation Error and Correct it

Exercise 2 - Operations

a) Write a program to compute distance between two points taking input from the user

(Pythagorean Theorem)

b) Write a program add.py that takes 2 numbers as command line arguments and prints its sum.

Exercise - 3 Control Flow

a) Write a Program for checking whether the given number is a even number or not.

b) Using a for loop, write a program that prints out the decimal equivalents of 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, . . . ,

1/10

c) Write a program using a for loop that loops over a sequence. What is sequence?

d) Write a program using a while loop that asks the user for a number, and prints a countdown

from that number to zero.

Exercise 4 - Control Flow - Continued

a) Find the sum of all the primes below two million.

Each new term in the Fibonacci sequence is generated by adding the previous two terms. By

starting with 1 and 2, the first 10 terms will be:

1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55, 89, ...

b) By considering the terms in the Fibonacci sequence whose values do not exceed four million,

find the sum of the even-valued terms.

36

Exercise - 5 - DS

a) Write a program to count the numbers of characters in the string and store them in a

dictionary data structure

b) Write a program to use split and join methods in the string and trace a birthday with a

dictionary data structure.

Exercise - 6 DS - Continued

a) Write a program combine_lists that combines these lists into a dictionary

b) Write a program to count frequency of characters in a given file. Can you use character

frequency to tell whether the given file is a Python program file, C program file or a text file?

Exercise – 7 Files

a) Write a program to print each line of a file in reverse order.

b) Write a program to compute the number of characters, words and lines in a file.

Exercise - 8 Functions

a) Write a function ball collide that takes two balls as parameters and computes if they are

colliding. Your function should return a Boolean representing whether or not the balls are

colliding.

Hint: Represent a ball on a plane as a tuple of (x, y, r), r being the radius

If (distance between two balls centers) <= (sum of their radii) then (they are colliding)

b) Find mean, median, mode for the given set of numbers in a list.

Exercise - 9 Functions - Continued

a) Write a function nearly_equal to test whether two strings are nearly equal. Two strings a and b

are nearly equal when a can be generated by a single mutation on b.

b) Write a function dups to find all duplicates in the list.

c) Write a function unique to find all the unique elements of a list.

Exercise - 10 - Functions - Problem Solving

a) Write a function cumulative_product to compute cumulative product of a list of numbers.

b) Write a function reverse to reverse a list. Without using the reverse function.

c) Write function to compute gcd, lcm of two numbers. Each function shouldn‟t exceed one line.

Exercise 11 - Multi-D Lists

a) Write a program that defines a matrix and prints

b) Write a program to perform addition of two square matrices

c) Write a program to perform multiplication of two square matrices

37

Exercise - 12 - Modules

a) Install packages requests, flask and explore them. using (pip)

b) Write a script that imports requests and fetch content from the page. Eg. (Wiki)

c) Write a simple script that serves a simple HTTPResponse and a simple HTML Page

Exercise - 13 OOP

Class variables and instance variable and illustration of the self variable

a. Robot

b. ATM Machine

Exercise - 14 GUI, Graphics

1. Write a GUI for an Expression Calculator using tk

2. Write a program to implement the following figures using turtle

Text Books

1. Python Programming: A Modern Approach, Vamsi Kurama, Pearson

2. Learning Python, Mark Lutz, Orielly

Reference Books:

1. Think Python, Allen Downey, Green Tea Press

2. Core Python Programming, W.Chun, Pearson.

3. Introduction to Python, Kenneth A. Lambert, Cengage

38

Code: B17IT2207

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND MICROPROCESSORS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To discuss about 8085 architecture, signal description and instruction set.

2. To study different programming techniques to implement in assembly language

3. To discuss about 8086 architecture, signal description and instruction set.

4. To study different peripheral devices and learn to interface with 8085.

5. To study different programming techniques to implement in MASM.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course:

1. Student can examine Digital trainer kit and microprocessor kit.

2. Student can calculate logical functions for coders, decoders, multiplexers and counters using

digital trainer kits.

3. Student can experiment various Arithmetic and logical operations using 8085 instructions.

4. Student can experiment various Arithmetic and logical operations using 8086 instructions in

MASM assembler.

SYLLABUS

Digital logic design

1. Verification of logic gates with truth tables(AND,OR,NOT,NOR,NAND,XOR)

2. NAND & NOR Implementation for basic gates

3. Design half adder & half subtractor using logic gates.

4. Design full adder & full subtractor using logic gates.

5. Design binary to gray code converter

6. Design 2to 4 line decoder

7. Design 4X1 multiplexer

8. Verification of flip flops and conversions

9. Design shift registers using flip flops.

10. Design ripple up & ripple down counters using flip flops

39

8085 programs

1. Write an ALP for addition of N numbers

2. Write an ALP for multiplication of two numbers.

3. Write an ALP for copying one array to another

4. Write an ALP for GCD of two numbers

5. Write an ALP for linear search

6. Write an ALP for Fibonacci series

7. Write an ALP for BCD to Binary conversion

8. Write an ALP for Binary to BCD conversion

9. Write an ALP for Bubble sort in ascending/descending order.

10. Write an ALP for division of two numbers.

11. Write an ALP for ASCII to hexadecimal conversion.

12. Write an ALP for hexadecimal to ASCII conversion.

13. Write an ALP for insertion of an element in an array

14. Write an ALP for finding largest/smallest number in an array

8086 programs

1. Write an ALP for addition of N bytes

2. Write an ALP for addition of N words

3. Write an ALP for addition of N signed bytes

4. Write an ALP for multiplication of two numbers.

5. Write an ALP for division of two numbers.

6. Write an ALP for finding largest/smallest number in an array

7. Write an ALP for GCD of two numbers

8. Write an ALP for copying a string

9. Write an ALP for string length

10. Write an ALP for finding string palindrome

Reference Books:

1. Microprocessor Architecture and Applications with the 8085 , Ramesh S. gaonkar, 4th

Edition, Penram International, 1999

2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, A K RAY & K M Bhurchandi , 2nd

Edition,The

Mcgraw-Hill companies.

3. The 80X86 Family , Design, Programming and Interfacing, John E. Uffenbeck, 3rd

Edition,

Pearson Education Inc., 2002.

4. Walter A . tribal and Avatar Singh. The 8088 and 8086 Microprocessors, Programming

interfaing, software, hardware and Applications, 4th

Edition Pearson education Inc., 2003

5. Microprocessors and Interfacing. Programming and hardware, 2ne Edition, Douglass V. Hall.

MH Edition , 1999.

40

Code: B17 IT 2208

ADVANCED CODING

Lab: 2 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

Course Objectives

1. To understand the basics of modular programming

2. To learn about ADT, Linked Lists and Templates.

3. To investigate different methods to find time complexities.

4. To learn about Java collections and Libraries

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, a student should be able to:

1. Acquire coding knowledge on essential of modular programming

2. Acquire Programming knowledge on linked lists

3. Acquire coding knowledge on ADT

4. Acquire knowledge on time complexities of different methods

5. Acquire Programming skill on Java libraries and Collections

SYLLABUS

UNIT I Review Coding essentials and modular programming

Introduction to Linear Data, Structure of linear data, Operation logics, Matrix forms and

representations, Pattern coding.

Introduction to modular programming: Formation of methods, Methods: Signature and

definition, Inter-method communication, Data casting & storage classes, Recursions

UNIT II Linear Linked Data Introduction to structure pointer, Creating Links Basic problems on Linked lists, Classical

problems on linked lists. Circular Linked lists, Operations on CLL, Multiple links, Operations on

Doubly linked lists

UNIT III Abstract Data-structures

Stack data-structure, Operations on stack, Infix/Prefix/Post fix expression evaluations,

Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using linked lists.

Queue data-structure: Operations on Queues, Formation of a circular queue, Implementation of

queue using stack, Implementation of stack using array, Implementation of stack using linked

lists

41

UNIT IV Running time analysis of code and organization of linear list data

Code evaluation w.r.t running time, Loop Complexities, Recursion complexities, Searching

techniques: sequential Vs. binary searching.

Organizing the list data, Significance of sorting algorithms, Basic Sorting Techniques: Bubble

sort, selection sort, Classical sorting techniques: Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge sort.

UNIT V Standard Library templates and Java collections

Introduction to C++ language features, Working on STLs, Introduction to Java as Object

Oriented language, Essential Java Packages, Coding logics.

Note: This course should focus on Problems

References:

1. Computer Science, A structured programming approach using C, B.A.Forouzan and

R.F.Gilberg, 3rd

Edition, Thomson, 2007.

2. The C –Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie, Prentice Hall India

Pvt.Ltd

3. Scientific Programming: C-Language, Algorithms and Models in Science, Luciano M.

Barone (Author), Enzo Marinari (Author), Giovanni Organtini, World Scientific .

4. Object Oriented Programming in C++: N. Barkakati, PHI.

5. Object Oriented Programming through C++ by Robat Laphore.

6. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/.

7. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/

.

42

Code: B17BS 2204

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & HUMAN VALUES (Common to CSE, ECE & IT)

Tutorial : 3 Periods Int. Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

Course Objectives:

1. To inculcate Ethics and Human Values into the young minds.

2. To develop moral responsibility and mould them as best professionals.

3. To create ethical vision and achieve harmony in life.

Course outcomes:

By the end of the course student should be able to understand the importance of ethics and values

in life and society.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Ethics and Human Values: Ethics and Values, Ethical Vision, Ethical Decisions, Human

Values – Classification of Values, Universality of Values.

UNIT – II

Engineering Ethics: Nature of Engineering Ethics, Profession and Professionalism, Professional

Ethics , Code of Ethics, Sample Codes – IEEE, ASCE, ASME and CSI.

UNIT – III

Engineering as Social Experimentation:

Engineering as social experimentation, Engineering Professionals – life skills, Engineers as

Managers, Consultants and Leaders Role of engineers in promoting ethical climate, balanced

outlook on law.

UNIT – IV

Safety Social Responsibility and Rights:

Safety and Risk, moral responsibility of engineers for safety, case studies – Bhopal gas tragedy,

Chernobyl disaster, Fukushima Nuclear disaster, Professional rights, Gender discrimination,

Sexual harassment at work place.

UNIT – V

Global Issues:

Globalization and MNCs, Environmental Ethics, Computer Ethics, Cyber Crimes, Ethical living,

concept of Harmony in life.

43

Text Books:

1. Govindharajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthil Kumar, V.S., Engineering Ethics, Prentice Hall

of India, (PHI) Delhi, 2004.

2. Subramainam, R., Professional Ethics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.

Reference Books:

1. Charles D, Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson / PHI, New Jersey 2004 (Indian

Reprint)

44

Code: B17 BS 2206

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-II

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

To equip the students with the components of the language required and help them gain adequate

knowledge so as to become employable and competent.

Course Objectives:

Students will be able to

1. Enhance their Interpretative skills

2. Understand how to prepare a text.

3. Comprehend various types of writing discourses and respond.

4. Produce effectively different write-ups related to various business contexts.

5. Strengthen their emotional make-up.

6. Perceive various writing discourses.

Course Outcomes:

The students will

1. Develop the skills of taking and making notes

2. Interpret the pictures appropriately and effectively.

3. Read, comprehend and infer a given piece of writing effectively.

4. Learn and practice the skills of Research writing.

5. Communicate well through various forms of writing.

6. Be confident in giving presentations and dealing with people.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:SPEAKING

Analyzing proverbs

Enactment of One-act play

UNIT-2:READING

Reading Comprehension

Summarizing Newspaper Article

45

UNIT-3:WRITING

Note Taking &Note Making

Precis Writing

Essay Writing

Letter Writing

Picture Description

Literary Appreciation– Learning the Language of Literature

UNIT-4:VOCABULARY

Indian-origin English Words

Phrasal Verbs for Day-to-Day Communication

Commonly used Idiomatic Expressions

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Research Writing

Reference Books:

1. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

2. Effective Technical Communication by M.AshrafRizwi. Tata Mcgraw Hill

3. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

4. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

5. Six Weeks to Words of Power by Wilfred Funk. W.R.Goyal Publishers

6. English for Engineers and Scientists by Sangeeta Sharma and Binod Mishra, PHI Learning

1

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018 Admitted Batch onwards)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

I-SEMESTER

Code

No. Course Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutorial

Hrs Lab

Hrs

Total

Contact

Hrs/Week

Internal

Marks

Exam

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 BS

2101 Mathematics-IV 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2101 Strength of Materials 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2102 Thermodynamics 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2103

Manufacturing

Process 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2104 Metallurgy

& Materials Science 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2105

Advanced

Engineering Drawing 3 2 -- 4 6 30 70 100

B17 ME

2106 Mechanical

Engineering Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 EE

2107

Basic Electrical &

Electronics

Engineering Lab

2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 ME

2107 Auto CAD 1 -- -- 2 2 50 -- 50

B17 BS

2107 English Proficiency-I -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

B17 BS

2108

Professional Ethics &

Human Values -- 2 -- -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 20 6 12 38 330 520 850

SAGI RAMA KRISHNAM RAJU ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS) (Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada), (Recognised by AICTE, New Delhi)

Accredited by NAAC with „A‟ Grade

Recognised as Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

CHINNA AMIRAM (P.O):: BHIMAVARAM :: W.G.Dt., A.P., INDIA :: PIN: 534 204

ESTD: 1980

2

Code: B17BS2101

MATHEMATICS IV

(Common to CE,ECE,EEE& ME)

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Students should learn

1. The concept of Analytic function, its implications and applications in flow problems.

2. Solution of one- dimensional wave equation, one-dimensional heat equation and two-

dimensional Laplace equation by the use of „separation of variables‟.

3. Formation and solution of linear difference equations. Important concepts of Z-transform

and its use to solve linear difference equations.

4. Basic concepts of certain discrete and continuous probability distributions.

5. Concepts of Sampling theory for analyzing large and small samples.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be capable of

1. Using the concept of Analytic function in applications including Electrostatics and Fluid

dynamics.

2. Finding theoretical solution of certain Elliptic, Parabolic and Hyperbolic partial

differential equations.

3. Using Z-transforms to solve linear difference equations with constant coefficients.

4. Fitting of probability frequency distribution to a given data.

5. Using the concepts of sampling theory to analyze data related to some large and small

samples.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I Functions of a Complex Variable

Review- Cartesian form and polar form of a complex variable, Real and imaginary parts of

zn , e

z, sin z, sinh z and log z ( no questions may be set).

Limit and continuity of a function of the complex variable, derivative, analytic function,

entire function, Cauchy- Riemann equations, finding an analytic function, Milne-Thomson

method, Applications of analytic function to flow problems, and in Electrostatics. Conformal

mapping: the transformations defined by w = z+c, w = cz, w = 1/z, the Bilinear

transformation, w = z2 and w = e

z.

UNIT-II Applications of Partial Differential Equations

Method of separation of variables, One –dimensional wave equation, the D‟Alembert‟s

solution, one-dimensional heat equation, two-dimensional heat flow in steady state (solution

of two-dimensional Laplace equation in Cartesian coordinates only)

UNIT-III Difference Equations And Z-Transforms

Formation of a difference equation, Rules for finding complimentary function and particular

integral for linear difference equations.

Definition of Z- transform, some standard Z- transforms, properties, transform of a function

multiplied by n, initial value theorem and final value theorem(without proof), evaluation of

inverse Z- transforms, convolution theorem (without proof), solution of linear difference

equations by the use of Z- transforms.

3

UNIT-IV Probability Distributions

Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Normal distribution: Definition (pmf/pdf),

notation, mean, variance, moment generating function, probability generating function and

fitting of a distribution.

UNIT-V Sampling Theory

Sampling theory: Sampling distribution, standard error, testing of Hypothesis, level of

significance, confidence limits, simple sampling of attributes, sampling of variables,

estimation of mean and variance.

Large samples: testing of hypothesis for sample proportion, two proportions, single mean and

two means.

Small samples: Degrees of freedom, Students‟ t- distribution, t-test for single mean, two

means; Chi-squared distribution-testing the goodness of a fit.

Text Book:

1. Scope and Treatment as in “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, by Dr.B.S.Grewal, 43rd

Edition, Khanna Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by Erwin Kreyszig, Wiley.

2. A text book of Engineering Mathematics, by N.P.Bali and Dr. Manish Goyal, Lakshmi

Publications.

3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, by H.K.Dass, S.Chand Company.

4. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by B.V.Ramana, Tata Mc Graw Hill Company.

5. Higher Engineering Mathematics, by Dr. M.K.Venkatraman, The National Publishing

Company.

4

Code: B17 ME 2101

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

Course objective is to learn the fundamental concepts of stress, strain, and

deformation of solids with applications to bars, beams, and columns. Fundamentals of

applying equilibrium, compatibility, and force-deformation relationships to structural

elements are emphasized. This will helps students to distinguish different factures. Different

methods are introduced to solve structural analysis problems. Detailed study of engineering

properties of materials is also of interest. The course builds on the fundamental concepts of

engineering mechanics course. The students will:

1. Gain a fundamental understanding of the concepts of stress and strain by analysis of

solids and structures.

2. Study engineering properties of materials and stress-strain relationship.

3. Learn fundamental principles of equilibrium, compatibility, and force-deformation

relationship, and principle of superposition in linear solids and structures.

4. Determine stress, strain, deformation of bars, trusses, and beams; stress and strain

transformation

5. Analyze determinate and indeterminate axial structural members, torsional members, and

beams, torque, shear forces, and bending moments.

6. Be able to perform structural analysis by hand computations and by using computer

software.

Course Outcomes:

After successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Understanding the concepts and determining the stress and strain of simple structures.

2. Locating the Principal Planes and determining the Principal Stresses.

3. Determining Shear Forces and Bending Moments of determinate beams.

4. Determining the distribution of Bending and Shear Stresses of beams.

5. Finding relation between elastic constants. Determining shear stresses due to torsion.

6. Determining stresses in Thin Cylindrical and Spherical shells and Thick Cylinders

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Simple Stresses: Stress, Strain, Stress-Strain curve, Lateral strain, Bars of varying cross-

section, Compound bars, Temperature stresses in bars, Modulus of Rigidity, Complementary

Shears.

Complex Stresses: Stresses acting on an inclined plane under uniaxial and biaxial state of

stress, Principal planes and Principal stresses, Mohr‟s circle for biaxial stresses.

5

UNIT-II

Shear Forces and Bending Moments: Beam - Types of loads, Types of supports, types of

beams, Shear Force and Bending Moment, S.F. and B.M. diagrams for cantilever, simply

supported and over hanging beamsloaded with point loads,Uniform Distributed loads and

Moments, Relationship between Rate of Loading, Shear Force and Bending Moment.

UNIT-III

Stresses in Beams: Theory of bending, Flexural formula, Determination of bending stresses-

section modulus of rectangular, circular, I, and T sections, Determination of simple beam

sections, Shear stresses in beams, shear stresses distribution across various beams sections

like rectangular, circular, I and T.

UNIT-IV

Elastic Constants and Stain Energy: Bulk modulus, Relationship between elastic constants,

Strain energy, Impact Load.

Torsional Stresses in Shafts: Analysis of torsional stresses, Power transmitted, combined

bending and torsion

UNIT-V

Thin Cylinders and Spherical Shells: Stresses and strains in thin cylinders, thin spherical

shell- derivation for longitudinal and circumferential stresses and volumetric strains.

Thick Cylinders: Lame‟s equation- Cylinders subjected to inside and outside pressures-

compound cylinders.

Text Books:

1. Analysis of Structures, by Vazirani and Ratwani, Vol. 1, 1993 edition.

2. Solid Mechanics, by Popov

Reference Books:

1. Strength of Materials, by Timoshenko.

2. Strength of Materials -By Jindal, Umesh Publications.

3. Mechanics of Structures Vol-III, by S.B.Junnarkar.

6

Code: B17 ME 2102

THERMODYNAMICS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives

1. To educate students about the behavior of real gases and the significance of ideal gas

theory

2. To educate the students about the properties of ideal gas and their relationship

3. To familiarize the students about various laws of energy transfer occurring and illustrate

directional law of nature.

4. To educate the students about the working principle of combustion engines (internal and

external) and their cycles such as Otto, Diesel, Atkinson, Ericson, Brayton, etc., and their

comparison

Course Outcomes

1. Students realize the practical importance of ideal gas theory and the use of real gases in

combustion engines such as IC Engines and Gas turbines

2. Students are able to calculate the properties of the gases such as internal energy, enthalpy

and entropy.

3. Students are able to estimate the losses which occur during operation of the heat engines,

and their maximum possible operating efficiencies under STP conditions.

4. Students can estimate the maximum work-output delivered by the heat engines and

maximum work consumed by the reversed heat engines

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Introduction: Basic Concepts: System, boundary, Surrounding, control volume, Universe,

Types of Systems, Macroscopic and Microscopic viewpoints, Concept of Continuum,

Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Property, Process, Cycle – Reversibility – Quasi – static

Process, Irreversible Process, Causes of Irreversibility – Energy in State and in Transition,

Types, Work and Heat, Point and Path function. Zeroth law of thermodynamics, Concept of

equality of temperatures- Equation of state- Universal gas constant.

UNIT – II

First law of thermodynamics: Joule‟s experiments-First law of thermodynamics- Isolated

systems and steady flow systems- Specific heats at constant volume and pressure - Enthalpy-

First law applied to flow systems- Systems undergoing a cycle and change of state- First law

applied to steady flow processes-various non-flow processes-Properties of end states- Heat

transfer and work transfer- Change in internal energy-throttling and free expansion- Flow

processes- Deviations from perfect gas model-Vanderwall‟s equation of state-

Compressibility charts- Variable specific heats

7

UNIT – III

Second law of thermodynamics-Limitations of the First Law – Thermal Reservoir, Heat

Engine, Heat pump, Parameters of performance, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Kelvin-

Planck and Clausius Statements and their Equivalence / Corollaries, PMM of Second kind,

Carnot‟s principle, Carnot cycle and its specialties, Clasius theorem Clausius Inequality,

Entropy, Principle of Entropy Increase –Third Law of Thermodynamics

UNIT – IV

Air standard Cycles-Otto, Diesel, Dual Combustion cycles, Sterling Cycle, Atkinson Cycle,

Ericcson Cycle, brayton cycle – Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram,

Thermal Efficiency, Mean Effective Pressures on Air standard basis – Comparison of Otto-

Diesel and Dual cycles based on same compression ratio- same maximum pressure and same

maximum temperature.

UNIT – V

General Relations, Availability and Unavailability-Helmholtz function and Gibbs

function, Maxwell‟s equations- Tds relations, relation between specific heats, Available

energy, unavailable energy, Available and unavailable forms of energy for a flow and non-

flow process-irrevesibility

Text Books:

1. Engineering Thermodynamics, by P.K. Nag, Tata McGraw-Hill Publications Company.

2. Thermal Engineering by R.K Rajput, Laxmi publications.

3. Applied Thermodynamics-I by R. Yadav, Central Book House.

References Books:

1. Engineering Thermodynamics by Rathakrishnan, Prentice - Hall India.

2. Engineering Thermodynamics by Y.V.C. Rao.

3. Engineering Thermodynamics by K. Ramakrishna, Anuradha agencies.

4. Engineering Thermodynamics Work and Heat Transfer, by G.F.C Rogers and Y.R.

Mayhew, ELBS publication.

8

Code: B17 ME 2103

MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To provide an understanding and appreciation of the different manufacturing and

fabrication methods to the students.

2. To expose the students to various applications of the manufacturing process in the real

life articles/products.

Course Outcomes:

1. Student will be able to recognize various manufacturing materials, manufacturing process

and types of productions.

2. Student will be able to identify various casting processes, metal forming process and

welding process.

3. Student will be able to design of gating system, patterns and cores for various casting

processes.

4. Student will be able to apply knowledge of casting process for manufacturing of products.

5. Student will be able to apply knowledge of rolling, forging, extrusion for manufacturing

of products.

6. Student will be able to apply knowledge of welding, brazing and soldering for joining of

metals.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Manufacturing concepts: Product cycle, Job, batch and mass production, Primary and

secondary manufacturing processes.

Metal Casting Process: Principle of metal casting, Pattern: Materials, Allowances and

Types, Core boxes, Moulding sands: ingredients, properties, preparation, types, Moulding

tools, Sand testing, Sand moulding, Machine moulding, Core making, Melting and pouring-

Classification of furnaces, Cupola furnace, pouring laddels; Element of gating system, casting

defects.

UNIT – II

Special Casting Techniques: Permanent mould casting, Pressure die casting, Centrifugal

casting, Shell mold casting, Investment casting and CO2 process.

UNIT – III

Metal Forming: Hot &Cold working, Rolling, Extrusion, metal spinning, Drawing, Piercing.

Sheet Metal Forming: Concept of spring back, Materials, tools, operations, embossing,

coining, stretch forming, Progressive and Compound Dies.

9

UNIT – IV

Forging Processes: Forgability, Forging Materials, Classification: smith, drop, press and

machine forging, Forging tools, Forging Operations, High energy rate forming, Swaging.

UNIT – V

Welding Processes: Welding metallurgy, Weldability, Classification: Plastic welding (Forge,

Resistance &Thermit welding), Fusion welding (Gas, Arc & Thermit welding), Solid state

welding (Friction, Ultrasonic, Diffusion and Explosive welding), Soldering and Brazing,

Weld defects, Weld inspection and testing.

Text Books:

1. Elements of Workshop Technology Vol-1: Manufacturing Processess by S.K. Hajra

Choudhury, A.K. Hajra Choudhury,Nirjhar Roy, MPP, Pvt. Ltd.

2. Manufacturing Technology- Foundary, Forming and Welding by P.N. Rao, Tata

McGraw- Hill Publishing Company.

Reference Books:

1. Process and Materials of Manufacture (4th Edition) by Roy A. Lindberg, Prentice-Hall of

India Private Limited.

2. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology by Kalpak Jain, Addition Wesley Edition.

3. Materials and Processes in Manufacturing by De Margo, Black and Kohsen, Prentice Hall

of India.

4. Principles of Metal Casting by Hein and Rosenthol, Tata Mc-Graw Hill India.

10

Code: B17 ME 2104

METALLURGY & MATERIALS SCIENCE

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

The overall objective of the course is to impart knowledge about the engineering

materials and their properties and predict their behavior under different working conditions

and methods to enhance the mechanical properties of the material Specific objectives include:

1. This course will help in learning crystal structures, crystal defects, space lattices.

2. This course will be helps students to understand systems of solid solutions and their

nature.

3. To acquaint the knowledge about the cooling curves and phase diagrams of different alloy

systems, calculation of weight percent of phases in alloy system by applying Lever rule.

4. To acquaint knowledge about ferrous alloys, particularly Steel and Cast Irons.

5. To impart knowledge about Equilibrium and Non-Equilibrium diagrams.

6. To impart knowledge about different heat treatment and surface hardening methods in

improving the mechanical properties of steels.

7. To impart knowledge about the plastic deformation of materials.

8. To impart knowledge about composite materials.

Course Outcomes:

Upon successful completion of this course student should be able to:

1. Understand crystalline solids and their atomic structures.

2. Suggest and recommend necessary engineering materials for specific applications

keeping in view of the cost, design, reliability, life, working conditions and properties of

the products.

3. Understand different phase transformations in Iron-Iron Carbide diagram and distinguish

between steels and cast irons.

4. Select different materials for tools and components based on functional requirements.

5. Use composite materials for different engineering applications like aerospace,

automobile, ship building industry, sports item etc.

6. Inclination towards self learning, higher education and research work in the field of

engineering materials.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Structure of crystalline solids: Atomic structure & bonding in solids- Unit cell, Space lattice,

Crystal structures and its types-calculations of radius, Coordination Number and Atomic

Packing Factor for different cubic structures - Imperfection in solids, point defects, Line

defects, Planar defects and Volume defects- Concept of Slip & twinning, Indices for planes

and directions.

11

UNIT-II

Phase diagrams: Basic terms-Solid solutions - Gibbs phase rule- Lever rule – cooling curves-

Phase diagrams - construction of phase diagrams- binary phase diagrams - Al-Cu and AlSi

phase diagrams- Invariant reactions, eutectic, peritectic, eutectoid, peritectoid, metatectic &

monotectic reactions, Iron carbon phase diagram -Heat treatment of steel- Annealing, and its

types, normalizing, hardening, tempering, martemering, austempering

UNIT-III

TTT diagrams, Construction of TTT diagram, TTT diagram for hypoeutectoid and alloy

steels, CCT diagram- Martensitic transformation, nature of martensitic transformation-

Surface hardening processes like case hardening, carburizing, cyaniding, nitriding Induction

hardening, Flame hardening, hardenabilty, Jominy end-quench test, Precipitation Hardening

UNIT-IV

Engineering Alloys: Effect of alloying elements of steel -Properties, composition, and uses of

Plain carbon, low carbon, medium & high carbon steels. stainless steels, high speed steels,

Hadfield steels, tool steels - Cast irons, gray CI, white CI, malleable CI, SC iron-The light

alloys- Al & Mg & Titanium alloys- Copper & its alloys: brasses & bronzes- super alloys,

Smart materials- Nano materials.

UNIT-V

Composite Materials: Classification of composite materials, dispersion strengthened,

particlereinforced and fiber reinforced composite laminates properties of matrix and

reinforcement materials and structural applications of different types of composite materials –

Types of Fabrication of composite materials. Powder Metallurgy: Production of metal

powders - Powder Metallurgy process and its applications

Text Books:

1. “Materials Science & Engineering- An Introduction”, William D.Callister Jr. Wiley India

Pvt. Ltd. 6th Edition, 2006, New Delhi.

2. “Material Science and Metallurgy for Engineers”, Dr. V.D Kodgire and S.V Kodgire

3. Physical Metallurgy, Principles & Practices”, V Raghavan.PHI 2nd Edition 2006, New

Delhi.

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy by Sidney H AvnerTata McGraw-Hill Education

1997.

2. Materials Science And Engineering: A First Course By V. Raghavan Phi 5th

Edition 2011,

New Delhi.

12

Code: B17 ME 2105

ADVANCED ENGINEERING DRAWING

Lecture : 2 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Tutorial : 4 Period Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives

1. To highlight the significance of universal language of engineers.

2. To impart basic knowledge and skills required to prepare engineering drawings.

3. To impart knowledge and skills required to draw projections of solids in different

contexts.

4. To visualize and represent the pictorial views with proper dimensioning and scaling.

Course Outcomes

Students will be able to:

1. Apply principles of drawing to represent dimensions of an object.

2. Draw projections solids with axis inclined to both planes.

3. Represent sectional views of solids.

4. Develop the surfaces of regular solids and draw the projections of intersection of solids.

5. Gain knowledge on Computer Aided Drafting.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Projection of solids: projection of solids with axis inclined to both the reference planes.

UNIT-II

Projections of Section of Solids: Section Planes: Parallel and inclined section planes,

Sections and True shape of section, Sections of Solids: Prism, Pyramid, Cylinder and Cone.

UNIT-III

Development of Surfaces: Methods of Development: Parallel line development and radial

line development. Development of a cube, prism, cylinder, pyramid and cone.

UNIT-IV

Interpenetration of Right Regular Solids: Intersection of Cylinder Vs Cylinder, Prism Vs

Prism, Prism Vs Cylinder, Cylinder Vs Cone.

UNIT-V

Computer Aided Drafting: Introduction on Computer Aided Drafting, Display Devices,

Input devices, Output devices, Introduction on Auto CAD, Different Commands used in Auto

CAD, Brief discussion on Geometric Modelling.

Text Book:

1. Elements of Engineering Drawing by N.D. Bhatt (52nd

Edition, 2013).

Reference Book:

1. Engineering Graphics by K.L. Narayana and P. Kannaiah

13

Code: B17 ME 2106

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the principle and functioning of various mechanical devices such as

boilers, engines etc.

2. Ability to understand the working of two stroke and four stroke engines.

3. Acquiring the knowledge of operation of a reciprocating compressor and to assess the

pressure gauge performance.

4. The way of determination of flash and fire points of oil samples and carbon residue and

their importance is acquired.

5. The procedure for determination of calorific values of the fuels and viscosities of oil

samples can be understood.

6. Practically the procedure for moment of inertia of fly wheel, connecting rod and modulus

of rigidity is acquired.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students are now aware of the use of drawing valve timing diagrams of an engine and

method to evaluate the volumetric efficiency of air compressor.

2. They are also aware of method of calibrating pressure gauge, the importance of flash and

fire points and calorific values of fuels.

3. The importance and application by calculating viscosities of oil samples are understood.

4. The use of moment of inertia and modulus of rigidity is understood.

5. They are also now able to identify the parts of boiler and engines etc.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study and valve timing diagrams for four-stroke and study & PTD of two-stroke engines.

2. Determination of volumetric efficiency of the given air compressor by (i) plate orifice

method and (ii) tank capacity method.

3. Calibration of the given pressure gauge.

4. Determination of flash and fire points and b) Canradsons carbon residue test.

5. Determination of calorific value of flues (solid, liquid and gaseous) by Bomb

calorimeter/Gas calorimeter.

6. Determination of the kinematic and absolute viscosity of the given sample oils.

7. Determination of inertia of the given flywheel and connecting rod.

8. Determination of modulus of rigidity of the given wire with torsion pendulum.

9. Study of boilers, various mountings and accessories.

10. Assembling of the given two-stroke petrol engine. (Instead of engine, any mechanical unit

can be given for this experiment.)

14

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Mechanics by S.Timoshenko and D.HYoung McGraw-Hill.

2. Engineering Mechanics by Singer.

3. Internal Combustion Engines by V. Ganesan, McGraw-Hill.

15

Code: B17 EE 2107

BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. Information to supplement to the Electrical & Electronics Engineering courses.

2. The ability to conduct testing and experimental procedures on Circuits.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. Apply the concepts of Theorems for a given electrical circuit.

2. Evaluate the efficiency and regulation of a single phase transformer.

3. Relate physical observations and measurements involving electrical circuits‟ theoretical

principles.

4. Design amplifier circuit using NPN transistor

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Part-A: Electrical Engineering

1. Verification of KCL and KVL

2. Verification of Ohms law (draw the V-I characteristics for a particular resistor)

3. Swinburne‟s test on D.C shunt Machine (predetermination of efficiency when working as

motor and generator)

4. Brake test on D.C shunt motor. (determination of performance characteristics)

5. Brake test on D.C series motor. (determination of performance characteristics)

6. Brake test on three phase induction motor.(determination of performance characteristics)

7. Speed control of D.C shunt by (a) Armature voltage control (b) Field flux control

Method.

8. OC and SC test on single phase Transformer (predetermination of efficiency and

regulation at given power factor).

Part- B: Electronics Engineering

1. PN junction Diode Characteristics (a) Forward bias (b) Reverse bias. (cut in voltage and

resistance calculations)

2. Half wave rectifier with and without filters.

3. Full wave rectifier with and without filters.

4. Transistor CE characteristics (Input and Output)

5. Characteristics CE amplifier

6. Zener diode characteristics

7. Regulation characteristics of Zener diode.

Reference Books:

1. Electrical Technology by Surinder Pal Bali, Pearson Publications.

2. Electronic Devices And Circuits, R.L Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky,9th

edition, PEI/PHI

2006.

16

Code: B17 ME 2107

AUTOCAD

Lab : 2 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

Course Objectives:

1. Increase ability to communicate with people

2. Learn to sketch and take field dimensions.

3. Learn to take data and transform it into graphic drawings.

4. Learn basic Auto Cad skills.

5. Learn basic engineering drawing formats

6. Prepare the student for future Engineering positions

Course Outcomes

Up on completion of the course the student shall be able to gain knowledge on:

1. Auto CAD screen and various Tool bars and menus and Explain about Dimensioning and

Hatching

2. Draw the 2D – drawings like knuckle joint, screw jack, flange coupling, lathe tool post,

eccentric etc.,

3. Explain about 3D solids and solids tool bar options and Drawing of 3D – components like

bolt & nut, screw jack

4. Rendering of 3D images

LIST OF EXERCISES

1. Study the Auto CAD screen, various toolbars and menus

2. Exercises on usage of Draw and modify tool bar.

3. Exercises on mirror, rotate, array and move commands

4. Exercises on dimension and hatching

5. Draw the 2D knuckle joint with full details & dimensioning

6. Draw the screw jack 2D drawing

7. Study the 3D solids (primitives) and solids tool bar options

8. Draw bolt and nut in 3D

9. Draw various parts of screw jack in assemble them as 3D component

10. Render the 3D images already generated and apply materials and light.

Reference Books:

1. Lab Manual.

17

Code: B17 BS 2107

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-I

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

Enriching the communicative competency of the students by adopting the activity-based as

well as the class-oriented instruction with a view to facilitate and enable them to enhance

their language proficiency skills.

Course Objectives:

The Students will be able to

1. Communicate their ideas and views effectively.

2. Practice language skills and improve their language competency.

3. Know and perform well in real life contexts.

4. Identify and examine their self attributes which require improvement and motivation.

5. Build confidence and overcome their inhibitions, stage freight, nervousness, etc.

6. Improve their innovative practices in speaking.

Course Outcomes:

The Students will

1. Improve speaking skills.

2. Enhance their listening capabilities.

3. Learn and practice the skills of composition writing.

4. Enhance their reading and understanding of different texts.

5. Improve their inter-personal communication skills.

6. Be confident in presentation skills.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I :LISTENING

Selected Motivational Speeches

Selected Moral Stories

UNIT-II :SPEAKING

Book Review

Skit Presentation

PowerPoint Presentations

Describing event/place/thing

Extempore

Group Discussion

Picture Perception and Describing Test

18

UNIT-III : READING

Speeded Reading

Reading Comprehension

UNIT-IV :WRITING

Paragraph Writing

Literary Appreciation – Understanding the Language of Literature

UNIT-V :PROJECT

Ad Making

Reference Books:

1. Classic Short Stories-A Reader‟s Digest Selection

2. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

3. The World‟s Great Speeches- edited by B.S. Sekhar, Jeet Publications

4. Fundamentals of Technical Communication by Meenakshiraman, Sangeta Sharma of

OUP

5. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science and Engineering, by S.P.

Dhanavel, Orient Blackswan Ltd. 2009

6. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

7. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

19

Code: B17 BS 2108

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & HUMAN VALUES (Common to CIVIL,EEE & MECH)

Lecture : 2 Periods. Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

Course Objectives:

1. To inculcate Ethics and Human Values into the young minds.

2. To develop moral responsibility and mould them as best professionals.

3. To create ethical vision and achieve harmony in life.

Course outcomes:

By the end of the course student should be able to understand the importance ofethics and

values in life and society.

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I

Ethics and Human Values: Ethics and Values, Ethical Vision, Ethical Decisions, Human

Values – Classification of Values, Universality of Values.

UNIT – II

Engineering Ethics: Nature of Engineering Ethics, Profession and Professionalism,

Professional Ethics

Code of Ethics, Sample Codes – IEEE, ASCE, ASME and CSI.

UNIT – III

Engineering as Social Experimentation:

Engineering as social experimentation, Engineering Professionals – life skills, Engineers as

Managers, Consultants and Leaders Role of engineers in promoting ethical climate, balanced

outlook on law.

UNIT – IV

Safety Social Responsibility and Rights:

Safety and Risk, moral responsibility of engineers for safety, case studies – Bhopal gas

tragedy, Chernobyl disaster, Fukushima Nuclear disaster, Professional rights, Gender

discrimination, Sexual harassment at work place.

UNIT – V

Global Issues:

Globalization and MNCs, Environmental Ethics, Computer Ethics, Cyber Crimes, Ethical

living, concept of Harmony in life.

20

Text Books:

1. Govindharajan, M., Natarajan, S. and Senthil Kumar, V.S., Engineering Ethics, Prentice

Hall of India, (PHI) Delhi, 2004.

2. Subramainam, R., Professional Ethics, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2013.

References:

1. Charles D, Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Pearson / PHI, New Jersey 2004 (Indian

Reprint).

21

SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION

(Regulation R17)

II/IV B.TECH

(With effect from 2017-2018 Admitted Batch onwards)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

II-SEMESTER

Code

No. Course Credits

Lecture

Hrs

Tutorial

Hrs Lab

Hrs

Total

Contact

Hrs/Week

Sessional

Marks

Exam

Marks

Total

Marks

B17 ME

2201

Advanced Strength

of Materials 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2202

Thermal

Engineering 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2203

Metal Cutting &

Machine Tools 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2204 Fluid Mechanics 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2205

Mechanical

Engineering

Drawing

3 -- -- 4 4 30 70 100

B17 BS

2203

Engineering

Economics 3 3 1 -- 4 30 70 100

B17 ME

2208

Manufacturing

Process Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 CE

2210

Strength of

Materials Lab 2 -- -- 3 3 50 50 100

B17 ME

2209

Industry Oriented

Technology Lab 1 -- -- 2 2 50 -- 50

B17 BS

2206

English

Proficiency-II -- 1 1 -- 2 -- -- --

Total 23 16 6 12 34 330 520 850

22

Code: B17 ME 2201

ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To impart students the knowledge about the calculation of slope and deflection of

statically determinate beams.

2. To enrich the student on the concepts of shear force and bending moment diagrams of

fixed beams with uniform and non-uniform cross sections, both under stability of

supports and sinking of supports.

3. To make the student understand the concepts of shear force and bending moment

diagrams of continuous beams with uniform and non-uniform cross sections, both under

stability of supports as well as sinking of supports.

4. To analyze the stresses produced in practical applications of curved bars.

5. To enhance the knowledge of students on different theories applied for analysis of

columns and struts.

Course Outcomes:

Students are able to:

1. Find the slope deflection produced in cantilever, simply supported and overhanging

beams subjected to different kinds of lateral loads.

2. Draw the bending moment and shear force diagrams of fixed beams of uniform and non

uniform cross sections subjected to different load conditions, and having sinking of

support.

3. Draw the bending moment and shear force diagrams of continuous beams subjected to

different load conditions, and having sinking of support.

4. Evaluate the stresses across the cross-sections of the curved beam and crane hook

subjected to external loads.

5. Apply different theories to analyze the crippling stresses induced in columns and struts

subjected to different load conditions.

SYLLABUS

UNIT –I

Deflections of Beams: Relation between curvature, slope and deflection; Slope and

deflection of cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams – Macaulay‟s method and

Moment area method.

UNIT –II

Fixed Beams: Relations between fixing moments of a fixed beam of uniform cross section,

BMD & SFD of fixed beams of uniform and variable cross sections, Effect of sinking of

support.

23

UNIT –III

Continuous beams: Clapeyron‟s theorem of three moments for a continuous beam of

varying and uniform cross sections, BMD & SFD of continuous beams of uniform cross

section, Effect of sinking of support.

UNIT –IV

Columns and Struts: Buckling of columns, Euler‟s theory – Columns with both ends

hinged, both ends fixed, one end fixed and other end hinged, one end free and other end

fixed, Limitation of Euler's formula, Empirical formulae – Rankine‟s formula, Column

carrying eccentric load.

UNIT-V

Bending of Curved Bars: Winkler-Bach theory of curved bars subjected to uniform bending

moment – rectangular, circular, and trapezoidal cross sections, Stresses in a crane hook.

Text Books:

1. Analysis of Structures, Vol. – I by Vazirani and Ratwani, Khanna Publishers

2. Strength of materials by Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publishers

Reference Book:

1. Strength of Materials, by Timoshenko, CBS Publishers and distributors.

24

Code: B17 ME 2202

THERMAL ENGINEERING

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To gear the student with basic principles of steam properties.

2. To prepare the student for industrial application of steam.

3. The student is taught to design the steam equipment so that R&D in industry is improved.

Course Outcomes:

1. The student gets complete knowledge of steam and its properties.

2. The student learns the complete calculation procedures for designing steam turbines,

steam condensers, nozzles etc. used in thermal power plants, steam engines, water

turbines and many other industrial applications.

3. The student is prepared to work in industry immediately after his course

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Properties of Pure Substance:

Definition of pure substance, phase change of a pure substance, p-T (Pressure-Temperature)

diagram for a pure substance, p-V-T(Pressure-Volume-Temperature) surface, phase change

terminology and definitions, property Diagrams in common use, Formation of steam,

Important terms relating to steam formation, Thermodynamic properties of steam and steam

tables, External work done during evaporation, Internal latent heat, Internal energy of steam,

Entropy of water, Entropy of evaporation, Entropy of wet steam, Entropy of superheated

steam, Enthalpy-Entropy (h-s) charts for Mollier diagram, Determination of dryness fraction-

Tank or bucket calorimeter, throttling calorimeter, separating and throttling calorimeter.

UNIT-II

Vapor Power Cycles

Vapor power cycle- Rankine cycle- Reheat cycle- Regenerative cycle- Thermodynamic

variables effecting efficiency and output of Rankine and Regenerative cycles- Improvements

of efficiency, Binary vapor power cycle.

UNIT-III

Steam Nozzles:

Type of nozzles- Flow through nozzles- Condition for maximum discharge- Nozzle

efficiency- Super saturated flow in nozzles- Relationship between area velocity and pressure

in nozzle flow- Steam injectors.

25

UNIT-IV

Steam Turbines:

Classification of steam turbines- Impulse turbine and reaction turbine- Compounding in

turbines- Velocity diagrams in impulse and reaction turbines- Degree of reaction- Condition

for maximum efficiency of reaction turbines- Effect of friction on turbines constructional

features governing of turbines.

UNIT-V

Condensers:

Classification of condenser- Jet, Evaporative and surface condensers- Vacuum and its

measurement- Vacuum efficiency- Sources of air leakage in condensers- Condenser

efficiency- Daltons law of partial pressures- Determination of mass of cooling water- Air

pumps.

Steam Boilers –

Working principle of various boilers their accessories and mountings (Simple vertical,

Cochran, Babcock & Wilcox and Lancashire Boiler), Performance of boilers (simple

problems)

Text Books:

1. A Treatise on Heat Engineering by Vasandhani and Kumar.

2. Applied Thermodynamics-II by R. Yadav.

3. Thermal Engineering, by R. K. Rajput.

References Books:

1. Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics by E. Radhakrishna, PHI.

2. Fluid Flow Machines, by M.S. Govinda Rao, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd.

3. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, by C.P.Arora and Domokundwar.

4. Thermal Science and Engineering by D.S. Kumar, S.K. Kataria and Sons.

5. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, by Ahamadul Ameen, PHI.

26

Code: B17 ME 2203

METAL CUTTING & MACHINE TOOLS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives:

1. To give a clear understanding of the mechanism of machining to the students.

2. To describe the mechanisms of the various machine tools, types of machine tools, various

operations that can be performed on them, machining time and force calculations etc to

the students.

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to describe the mechanisms of metal cutting.

2. Students will be able to calculate cutting forces, tool life and machining parameters.

3. Students will be able to design the single point and multi point cutting tools.

4. Students will be able to demonstrate the working of various machine tools like lathe,

milling machine and grinding machine etc.

5. Students will be able to identify different micro finishing operations.

6. Students will be able to assess the advantages, limitations and applications of

unconventional methods of machining.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Mechanics of Metal Cutting: Orthogonal and oblique cutting, mechanics of chip formation,

types of chips; classification, nomenclature, signature (ASA & ISO systems) of single point

cutting tools, tool materials; tool wear and tool life; Cutting forces-Merchant‟s circle,

Machinability, Cutting fluids.

UNIT-II

Machine tools using Single point cutting tools: Engine lathe; Capstan and turret lathe,

shaper, planner, Slotter and boring-Types, Parts, Specifications, Mechanisms, Operations and

machining parameters.

UNIT-III

Machine tools using Multi point cutting tools: Drilling machine-Types, Parts,

Specifications, Mechanisms, Types of drills, Nomenclatures of twist drill, Operations and

machining parameters

Milling machine-Types, Parts, Specifications, Mechanisms, Attachments, Types of Milling

cutters, Nomenclature of plain milling cutter, Operations, machining parameters and Indexing

methods.

Broaching machine-Types, Parts, Specifications, Types of Broaches, Nomenclature of pull

broach, Operations and machining parameters

27

UNIT-IV

Machine tools using Abrasive wheels: Grinding Machine- Types, Parts, Specifications,

Manufacturing of grinding wheel-bonding processes, grit, grade and structure, selection of

grinding wheels, mounting of grinding wheels, glazing, loading, dressing and truing of

grinding wheel, Operations and machining parameters

Micro finishing Operations-Lapping, honing, super finishing, polishing and buffing

UNIT-V

Unconventional Methods of Machining: Process, Characteristics, Advantages, Limitations,

Applications of Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM), Ultrasonic Machining (USM), Water Jet

Machining (WJM), Electro Discharge Machining (EDM), Wire-cut EDM, Electron Beam

Machining (EBM), Plasma Arc Machining (PAM), Laser Beam Machining (LBM), Chemical

milling; Photochemical milling, Electro Chemical Machining (ECM), Electro Chemical

Grinding (ECG)

Text Books:

1. Elements of Workshop Technology Vol-2: Machine Tools by S.K. Hajra Choudhury,

A.K. Hajra Choudhury,Nirjhar Roy, MPP, Pvt. Ltd.

2. Metal cutting and Machine tools by P.N. Rao, Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company.

3. Process and Materials of Manufacture (4th Edition) by Roy A. Lindberg, Prentice-Hall of

India Private Limited.

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools by Geoffrey Boothroyd,

International Student Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company.

2. Metal Cutting Principles by M.C. Shaw, MIT Press, Cambridge.

3. Advanced Methods of Machining by J. A. McGeough, Chapman & Hall Publishers.

4. Metal Cutting-Theory and Practice by Amitabha Bhattacharya, Central Book Publishers.

5. Production Engineering by P.C. Sharma, S. Chand and Company.

28

Code: B17 ME 2204

FLUID MECHANICS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objectives

1. develop an appreciation for the properties of Newtonian fluids,

2. study analytical solutions to variety of simplified problems,

3. understand the dynamics of fluid flows and the governing non-dimensional parameters,

4. apply concepts of mass, momentum and energy conservation to flows.

Course Outcomes

After the completion of the course, students are able to

1. Apply the Bernoulli equation to solve problems in fluid mechanics.

2. Apply the concepts of momentum equation for finding the forces acting on the vanes of

the turbines.

3. Apply control volume analysis to problems in fluid mechanics.

4. Apply potential flow theory to solve problems in fluid mechanics.

5. Identify the recent developments in fluid mechanics, with application to aerospace

systems.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Properties of fluids- Introduction-Viscosity- Pressure and its measurement, Absolute,

Gauge, Atmospheric and Vacuum pressure – Manometers, Simple manometers, Differential

manometers. Hydrostatic forces on surfaces- Total Pressure and Pressure Centre- Vertical,

Horizontal, inclined and Curved plane surfaces submerged in liquid- Buoyancy and Flotation.

UNIT-II

Fluid Kinematics & Fluid Dynamics: Types of fluid flow- Continuity equation- Velocity

potential function and Stream Function- Types of Motion, Linear Translation, Linear

deformation,Angular deformation, Rotation, Vorticity and circulation-Vortex flow, forced

and Free Vortex – Equation of Motion- Euler's equation - Bernoulli's equation and its

applications- Venturimeter, Orifice Meter, Pitot tube-Momentum Equation-Momentum of

momentum Equation.

UNIT-III

Viscous Flow: Favourable pressure gradient and adverse pressure gradient-Power absorbed

in Viscous Flow- Flow through pipes & Plates- Hagen Poiseulle flow- Darcy's Weisbach

friction factor- Loss of head due to friction in pipes, Minor Losses and Major losses - Flow

through branched pipes- Power transmission through pipes. Dimensional and Modeling

Analysis: Fundamental and derived dimensions- Dimensionless groups- Rayleigh method-

Buckingham -theorem- Model Analysis - Types of similarity- Geometric, Kinematic and

Dynamic similarities- Dimensionless numbers- Model Laws.

29

UNIT-IV

Laminar Boundary Layer: Definition- Laminar Boundary Layer- Turbulent Boundary

Layer -Laminar Sub layer- Boundary Layer thickness-Displacement thickness, Momentum

thickness and Energy thickness-Momentum integral equation- Flow over a flat plate.

Turbulent Boundary Layer: Laminar- Turbulent transition- Momentum equations and

Renold's stresses- Fully developed turbulent flow through a pipe- Turbulent boundary layer

on a flat plate- Laminar sub-layer- Boundary layer separation and control.

UNIT-V

Compressible Fluid Flow: Thermodynamic relations- Continuity, Momentum and Energy

equations- Velocity of sound in a compressible fluid- Mach number and its significance-

Limits of incompressibility- Pressure field due to a moving source of disturbance-

Propagation of pressure waves in a compressible fluids- Stagnation properties- Stagnation

pressure, Temperature and density- Area velocity relationship for compressible flow

Text Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, by R. K. Bansal, Laxmi publications.

2. Fluid Mechanics, by A.K. Mohanty, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.Ltd.

References:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by Dr. D.S. Kumar, S.K. Kataria &Sons.

2. Foundations of Fluid Mechanics, by Yuan, Prentice Hall of India.

3. Fluid Mechanics and its Applications, by S. K.Gupta and A.K.Gupta, Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi.

4. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by R. K. Rajput, S.Chand & Co.

5. Fluid Mechanics by Kothandaraman and Rudramoorthy.

30

Code: B17 ME 2205

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING

Practice : 4 Periods Int. Marks : 30

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 70

Credits : 3

Course Objectives

1. To provide an understanding and draw the assembly and production drawing of various

engine components and machine tool components to the students.

2. To expose the students to draw various screw fastenings (Screw, Riveted, welded etc.),

Bearings, couplings, key, dimensional and geometrical tolerances etc.

Course Outcomes

Students will be able to

1. Know drawing of Screw threads and Screw Fastenings using standard Empirical

formulae.

2. Draw Riveted joints, Keys, Cotter-joint, Draw Couplings (Shaft couplings: Box and split

muff couplings, Flanged, Flexible, Universal and Oldham couplings).

3. Draw the dimensional and geometrical tolerances and surface roughness symbols.

4. Draw Assembly and production drawings of various engine components and machine tool

components.

SYLLABUS

Screw threads, Screw Fastenings, keys, and Riveted joints using standard Empirical

formulae.

Cotter-joints, Shaft couplings: Box and split muff couplings, Flanged, Flexible, Universal and

Oldham couplings,

Assembly drawing of various engine components and machine tool components (Simple

eccentric, swivel bearing, plumber block, Screw Jack, Stuffing Box).

Conventional representations, Limits, Fits and Tolerances, Geometrical Tolerances,

Indication of surface roughness, Production Drawings.

Text Books:

1. Machine Drawing, by N.D.Bhatt, Charotal Publishing House.g

2. Production Drawing by K.L Narayan, P. Kannaiah and K. Venkata Reddy, New Age.

3. Engineering Drawing, by A.C.Parkinson, Wheeler Publishing.

Reference Book:

1. Machine Drawing by K.L Narayan, P. Kannaiah and K. Venkata Reddy, New Age.

31

Code: B17 BS 2203

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

Lecture : 3 Periods Int.Marks : 30

Tutorial : 1 Period. Ext. Marks : 70

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 3

Course Objective:

To create awareness on application of economic & accounting concepts in the organization

for engineering students. In this regard, they will go through demand analysis, cost concepts,

pricing practices, macro- economic concepts & fundamentals of accounting.

Course Outcomes:

1. Provide detailed insight about origin & definitions of economics & enlighten the students

about demand analysis.

2. Illustration about applications of cost Concepts & analysis of breakeven point.

3. Understand about various types of Market Structure and Pricing practices implemented

by the organization.

4. Infuse knowledge about different Economic systems & Business cycles.

5. Enlighten the students regarding the aspects of Depreciation & Financial Accounting.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I

Introduction to Economics: Wealth, Welfare and Scarce Definitions of Economics; Micro

& Macro Economics.

Demand Analysis: Demand Determinants, Law of Demand and its exceptions. Elasticity of

demand – Meaning, types, Significance of Elasticity of Demand, Measurement of price

Elasticity of Demand. Need for Demand forecasting, forecasting techniques.

UNIT-II

Cost Analysis: Classification of cost, Elements of cost, Methods of costing (Job costing,

Process costing & Unit costing).

Break-Even Analysis(BEA): Determination of Break-Even Point, Assumptions and

Applications.

UNIT-III

Market Structures: Features and price determination under Perfect competition, Monopoly,

Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly.

Pricing practices: Price - meaning, methods of pricing.

UNIT-IV

Economic Systems: Features and Evaluation of Capitalism, Socialism and Mixed Economy.

Business cycles: Meaning, Phases , Causes & theories of Business Cycle.

32

UNIT-V

Depreciation and Financial Accounting: Depreciation-causes and methods (straight line

method, diminishing balance method).

Final Accounts: Preparation of Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account and Balance sheet.

Text Books:

1. Managerial Economics & Financial Analysis-by Dr.A.R.AryaSri,TMH 2011.

2. Engineering Economics-by Tarachand,Nem Chand &Bros.Roorke.

Reference Books:

1. Modern Economics - by K. K. Dewett,S.Chand&Co,New Delhi.

2. Principles of Economics-Vrinda Publications(P)Ltd.New Delhi.

33

Code: B17 ME 2208

MANUFACTURING PROCESS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Objectives:

1. To recognize the tools, materials, machines used for making products in foundry, welding

and machine shop.

2. To differentiate the different welding techniques used for different materials.

3. To realize the various moulding sands used for making moulds

Course Outcomes:

1. Student will be able to prepare moulds for a given component.

2. Student will be able to apply the knowledge of arc welding to join two metal pieces.

3. Student will be able to practice plain turning, facing, step turning, taper turning, and

thread cutting operations on the lathe machine.

4. Student will be able to generate horizontal, vertical and angular surfaces on a given work

piece using shaper.

5. Student will be able to generate spur gear on milling machine.

6. Student will be able to demonstrate Capstan and Turret lathe, cylindrical grinder and

surface grinding machine.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Use of basic tools and operations of the following trades

S.No. Trade/Machine No. of exercises

1 Moulding 3

2 Welding 3

3 Lathe Machine 3

4 Milling Machine 1

5 Shaping Machine 1

2. Moulding sand testing (Not for examination only for demonstration purpose)

3. Forging (Not for examination only for demonstration purpose)

Reference Books:

1. Elements of Workshop Technology Vol-1: Manufacturing Processess by S.K. Hajra

Choudhury, A.K. HajraChoudhury,Nirjhar Roy, MPP, Pvt. Ltd.

2. Elements of Workshop Technology Vol-2: Machine Tools by S.K. Hajra Choudhury,

A.K. HajraChoudhury,Nirjhar Roy, MPP, Pvt. Ltd.

34

Code: B17 CE 2210

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB

Lab : 3 Periods Int. Marks : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Ext. Marks : 50

Credits : 2

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to identify different types of loads and measure them.

2. Ability to measure material properties of different materials using different methods.

3. Ability to measure bulking property and fineness of sand grains.

Course Objectives:

1. To understand the different types of loading and measure the loads.

2. To understand the material properties of different materials and the ways of finding them.

3. To understand the bulking property and fineness of sand grains and the methods of

finding them.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. To study the stress strain characteristics (tension and compression) of metals by using

UTM.

2. To study the stress strain characteristics of metals by using Hounsefield Tensometer.

3. Determination of compression strength of wood.

4. Determination of hardness using different hardness testing machines-Brinnels, Vickers

and Rockwell‟s.

5. Impact test by using Izod and Charpy methods.

6. Deflection test on beams using UTM.

7. Tension shear test on M.S. Rods.

8. To find stiffness and modulus of rigidity by conducting compression tests on springs.

9. Torsion tests on circular shafts.

10. Bulking of sand.

11. Punch shear test, hardness test and compression test by using Hounsefield tensometer.

12. Sieve Analysis and determination of fineness number.

Reference Books:

1. Strength of Materials, by Timoshenko

2. Strength of Materials -By Jindal, Umesh Publications.

3. Strength of Materials by Andrew Pytel and Ferdinond L. Singer Longman.

35

Code: B17 ME 2209

INDUSTRY ORIENTED TECHNOLOGY LAB

Lab : 2 Periods Sessionals : 50

Exam : 3 Hrs. Credits : 1

CATIA

Course Objectives:

1. Increase ability to communicate with people

2. Learn to sketch and take field dimensions.

3. Learn to take data and transform it into graphic drawings.

4. Learn basic CATIA skills.

5. Learn basic engineering drawing formats

6. Prepare the student for future Engineering positions

Course Outcomes

Up on completion of the course the student shall be able to gain knowledge on:

1. CATIA screen and various Tool bars and menus and Explain about Dimensioning and

Hatching

2. Draw the 2D – drawings like knuckle joint, screw jack, flange coupling, lathe tool post,

eccentric etc.,

3. Explain about 3D solids and solids tool bar options and Drawing of 3D – components like

bolt & nut, screw jack.

4. Rendering of 3D images.

LIST OF EXERCISES

1. Study the CATIA CAD screen, various toolbars and menus

2. Exercises on usage of Draw and modify tool bar.

3. Exercises on mirror, rotate, array and move commands

4. Exercises on dimension and hatching

5. Draw the 2D knuckle joint with full details & dimensioning

6. Draw the screw jack 2D drawing

7. Study the 3D solids (primitives) and solids tool bar options

8. Draw bolt and nut in 3D

9. Draw various parts of screw jack in assemble them as 3D component

10. Render the 3D images already generated and apply materials and light.

Reference Books:

1. Lab Manual.

36

Code: B17 BS 2206

ENGLISH PROFICIENCY-II

(Common to All Branches)

Lecture : 1Period

Tutorial : 1 Periods Int.Marks : --

Exam : --- Credits : --

AIM:

To equip the students with the components of the language required and help them gain

adequate knowledge so as to become employable and competent.

Course Objectives:

Students will be able to

1. Enhance their Interpretative skills

2. Understand how to prepare a text.

3. Comprehend various types of writing discourses and respond.

4. Produce effectively different write-ups related to various business contexts.

5. Strengthen their emotional make-up.

6. Perceive various writing discourses.

Course Outcomes:

The students will

1. Develop the skills of taking and making notes

2. Interpret the pictures appropriately and effectively.

3. Read, comprehend and infer a given piece of writing effectively.

4. Learn and practice the skills of Research writing.

5. Communicate well through various forms of writing.

6. Be confident in giving presentations and dealing with people.

SYLLABUS

UNIT-1:SPEAKING

Analyzing proverbs

Enactment of One-act play

UNIT-2:READING

Reading Comprehension

Summarizing Newspaper Article

UNIT-3:WRITING

Note Taking &Note Making

Precis Writing

Essay Writing

Letter Writing

Picture Description

Literary Appreciation– Learning the Language of Literature

37

UNIT-4:VOCABULARY

Indian-origin English Words

Phrasal Verbs for Day-to-Day Communication

Commonly used Idiomatic Expressions

UNIT-5:PROJECT

Research Writing

Reference Books:

1. English for Colleges by Brendan J. Carroll, Macmillan Publications

2. Effective Technical Communication by M.AshrafRizwi. Tata Mcgraw Hill

3. Enriching Speaking and Writing Skills, Orient Blackswan Publishers

4. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely OUP

5. Six Weeks to Words of Power by Wilfred Funk. W.R.Goyal Publishers

6. English for Engineers and Scientists by Sangeeta Sharma and Binod Mishra, PHI

Learning